Macroeconomic Theory: A Dynamic General Equilibrium Approach. Exercises and Solutions
|
|
|
- Laurel Rogers
- 9 years ago
- Views:
Transcription
1 Macroeconomic Theory: A Dynamic General Equilibrium Approach Mike Wickens University of York Princeton University Press Exercises and Solutions Completed January
2 Exercises Chapter We have assumed that the economy discounts s periods ahead using the geometric (or exponential) discount factor β s =(1+θ) s for {s =0, 1, 2,...}. Suppose instead that the economy uses the sequence of hyperbolic discount factors β s = {1,ϕβ,ϕβ 2,ϕβ 3,...} where 0 <ϕ<1. (a) Compare the implications for discounting of using geometric and hyperbolic discount factors. (b) For the centrally planned model y t = c t + i t k t+1 = i t δk t where y t is output, c t is consumption, i t is investment, k t is the capital stock and the objective is to maximize X V t = β s U(c t+s ) s=0 derive the optimal solution under hyperbolic discounting and comment on any differences with the solution based on geometric discounting Assuming hyperbolic discounting, the utility function U(c t )=lnc t and the production function y t = Ak t, (a) derive the optimal long-run solution. (b) Analyse the short-run solution Consider the CES production function y t = A[αk 1 1 γ t +(1 α)n 1 1 γ 1 1 t ] γ 1 (a) Show that the CES function becomes the Cobb-Douglas function as γ 1. (b) Verify that the CES function is homogeneous of degree one and hence satisfies F (k t,n t )= F n,t n t + F k,t k t. 1
3 2.4. Consider the following centrally-planned model with labor y t = c t + i t k t+1 = i t δk t y t = A[αk 1 1 γ t +(1 α)n 1 1 γ 1 1 t ] γ 1 where the objective is to maximize V t = X s=0 β s [ln c t+s + ϕ ln l t+s ], β = 1 1+θ where y t is output, c t is consumption, i t is investment, k t is the capital stock, n t is employment and l t is leisure (l t + n t =1). (a) Derive expressions from which the long-run solutions for consumption, labour and capital may be obtained. (b) What are the implied long-run real interest rate and wage rate? (c) Comment on the implications for labor of having an elasticity of substitution between capital and labor different from unity (d) Obtain the long-run capital-labor ratio (a) Comment on the statement: "the saddlepath is a knife-edge solution; once the economy departs from the saddlepath it is unable to return to equilibrium and will instead either explode or collapse." (b) Show that although the solution for the basic centrally-planned economy of Chapter 2 is a saddlepath, it can be approximately represented by a stable autoregressive process In continuous time the basic centrally-planned economy problem can be written as: maximize R 0 e θt u(c t )dt with respect {c t, k t } subject to the budget constraint F (k t )=c t +. k t + δk t. (a) Obtain the solution using the Calculus of Variations. (b) Obtain the solution using the Maximum Principle. 2
4 (c) Compare these solutions with the discrete-time solution of Chapter 2. Chapter Re-work the optimal growth solution in terms of the original variables, i.e. without first taking deviations about trend growth. (a) Derive the Euler equation (b) Discuss the steady-state optimal growth paths for consumption, capital and output Consider the Solow-Swan model of growth for the constant returns to scale production function Y t = F [e μt K t,e νt N t ] where μ and ν are the rates of capital and labor augmenting technical progress. (a) Show that the model has constant steady-state growth when technical progress is labor augmenting. (b)whatistheeffect of the presence of non-labor augmenting technical progress? 3.3. Consider the Solow-Swan model of growth for the production function Y t = A(e μt K t ) α (e νt N t ) β where μ is the rate of capital augmenting technical progress and ν is the rate of labor augmenting technical progress. Consider whether a steady-state growth solution exists under (a) increasing returns to scale, and (b) constant returns to scale. (c) Hence comment on the effect of the degree of returns to scale on the rate of economic growth, and the necessity of having either capital or labor augmenting technical progress in order to achieve economic growth Consider the following two-sector endogenous growth model of the economy due to Rebelo (1991) which has two types of capital, physical k t and human h t. Both types of capital are required 3
5 to produce goods output y t and new human capital i h t.themodelis y t = c t + i k t k t+1 = i k t δk t h t+1 = i h t δh t y t = A(φk t ) α (μh t ) 1 α i h t = A[(1 φ)k t ] ε [(1 μ)h t ] 1 ε where i k t is investment in physical capital, φ and μ are the shares of physical and human capital used in producing goods and α>ε. The economy maximizes V t = Σ s=0β s c 1 σ t+s 1 σ. (a) Assuming that each type of capital receives the same rate of return in both activities, find the steady-state ratio of the two capital stocks (b) Derive the optimal steady-state rate of growth. (c) Examine the special case of ε =0. Chapter The household budget constraint may be expressed in different ways from equation (4.2) where the increase in assets from the start of the current to the next period equals total income less consumption. Derive the Euler equation for consumption and compare this with the solution based on equation (4.2) for each of the following ways of writing the budget constraint: (a) a t+1 =(1+r)(a t + x t c t ), i.e. current assets and income assets that are not consumed are invested. (b) a t + c t = x t + ra t 1, where the dating convention is that a t denotes the end of period stock of assets and c t and x t are consumption and income during period t. c t+s (c) W t = Σ s=0 (1+r) = Σ s s=0 x t+s (1+r) s +(1+r)a t,wherew t is household wealth The representative household is assumed to choose {c t,c t+1,...} to maximise V t = P s=0 βs U(c t+s ), 0 <β= 1 1+θ < 1 subject to the budget constraint a t+1 + c t = x t + r t a t where c t is consumption, 4
6 x t is exogenous income, a t is the (net) stock of financial assets at the beginning of period t and r is the (constant ) real interest rate. (a) Assuming that r = θ and using the approximation U 0 (c t+1 ) U 0 (c t ) =1 σ ln c t+1,showthat optimal consumption is constant. (b) Does this mean that changes in income will have no effect on consumption? Explain. 4.3 (a) Derive the dynamic path of optimal household consumption when the utility function reflects exogenous habit persistence h t and the utility function is U(c t )= (c t h t ) 1 σ. and household budget constraint is a t+1 + c t = x t + ra t. (b) Hence, obtain the consumption function making the assumption that β(1 + r) = 1. Comment on the case where expected future levels of habit persistence are the same as those in the current period, i.e. h t+s = h t for s 0. 1 σ 4.4. Derive the behavior of optimal household consumption when the utility function reflects habit persistence of the following forms: (a) U(c t )= (c t γc t 1 ) α(c t γc t 1 ) (b) U(c t )= (c t γc t 1 ) 1 σ 1 σ. where the budget constraint is a t+1 + c t = x t + ra t. (c) Compare (b) with the case where U(c t )= (c t h t ) 1 σ 1 σ and h t is an exogenous habitual level of consumption Suppose that households have savings of s t at the start of the period, consume c t but have no income. The household budget constraint is s t+1 = r(s t c t ), 0 <r<1 where r is the real interest rate. (a) If the household s problem is to maximize discounted utility V t = Σ s=0 βs ln c t+s where β = 1 1+r, (i)showthatthesolutionisc t+1 = c t (ii) What is the solution for s t? 5
7 (b) If the household s problem is to maximize expected discounted utility V t = E t Σ s=0β s ln c t+s (i)showthatthesolutionis 1 c t = E t [ 1 c t+1 ] (ii) Using a second-order Taylor series expansion about c t show that the solution can be written as E t [ c t+1 c t ]=E t [( c t+1 c t ) 2 ] solutions. (iii) Hence, comment on the differences between the non-stochastic and the stochastic 4.5. Suppose that households seek to maximize the inter-temporal quadratic objective function V t = 1 2 E t X s=0 subject to the budget constraint β s [(c t+s γ) 2 + φ(a t+s+1 a t+s ) 2 ], β = 1 1+r c t + a t+1 =(1+r)a t + x t where c t is consumption, a t is the stock of assets and x t is exogenous. (a) Comment on the objective function. (b) Derive expressions for the optimal dynamic behaviors of consumption and the asset stock. (c) What is the effect on consumption and assets of a permanent shock to x t of x? Comment on the implications for the specification of the utility function. (d) What is the effect on consumption and assets of a temporary shock to x t that is unanticipated prior to period t? (e) What is the effect on consumption and assets of a temporary shock to x t+1 that is anticipatedinperiodt? 4.6. Households live for periods t and t+1. The discount factor for period t+1 is β =1.They receive exogenous income x t and x t+1, where the conditional distribution of income in period t+1 is N(x t,σ 2 ), but they have no assets. (a) Find the level of c t that maximises V t = U(c t )+E t U(c t+1 ) if the utility function is quadratic: U(c t )= 1 2 c2 t + αc t, (α >0). 6
8 (b) Calculate the conditional variance of this level of c t and hence comment on what this implies about consumption smoothing An alternative way of treating uncertainty is through the use of contingent states s t, which denotes the state of the economy up to and including time t, wheres t =(s t,s t 1,...) and there are S different possible states with probabilities p(s t ). The aim of the household can then be expressed as maximizing over time and over all possiblestatesofnaturetheexpecteddiscounted sum of current and future utility Σ t,s β t p(s t )U[c(s t )] subjecttothebudgetconstraintinstates t c(s t )+a(s t )=[1+r(s t )]a(s t 1 )+x(s t ) where c(s t ) is consumption, a(s t ) are assets and x(s t ) is exogenous income in state s t.derivethe optimal solutions for consumption and assets Suppose that firms face additional (quadratic) costs associated with the accumulation of capital and labor so that firm profits are Π t = Ak α t n 1 α t w t n t i t 1 2 μ( k t+1) ν( n t+1) 2 where μ, ν > 0, the real wage w t is exogenous and k t+1 = i t δk t.iffirms maximize the expected present value of the firm E t [Σ s=0(1 + r) s Π t+s ], (a) derive the demand functions for capital and labor in the long run and the short run. (b) What would be the response of capital and labor demand to (i) a temporary increase in the real wage in period t, and (ii) a permanent increase in the real wage from period t? Chapter 5 7
9 5.1. In an economy that seeks to maximize Σ s=0β s ln c t+s (β = 1 1+r ) and takes output as given the government finances its expenditures by taxes on consumption at the rate τ t and by debt. (a) Find the optimal solution for consumption given government expendtitures, tax rates and government debt. (b) Starting from a position where the budget is balanced and there is no government debt, analyse the consequences of (i) a temporary increase in government expenditures in period t, (ii) a permanent increase in government expenditures from period t Suppose that government expenditures g t are all capital expenditures and the stock of government capital G t is a factor of production. If the economy is described by y t = c t + i t + g t y t = Ak α t G 1 a t k t+1 = i t δk t G t+1 = g t δg t and the aim is to maximize Σ s=0β s ln c t+s, (a) obtain the optimal solution. (b) Comment on how government expenditures are being implicitly paid for in this problem Suppose that government finances its expenditures through lump-sum taxes T t and debt b t but there is a cost of collecting taxes given by Φ(T t )=φ 1 T t φ 2T 2 t, Φ 0 (T t ) 0 If the national income identity and the government budget constraint are y t = c t + g t + Φ(T t ) b t+1 + T t = g t + rb t + Φ(T t ) 8
10 where output y t and government expenditures g t are exogenous, and the aim is to maximize Σ s=0 βs U(c t+s ) for β = 1 1+r, (a) find the optimal solution for taxes. (b) What is the household budget constraint? (c) Analyse the effects on taxes, debt and consumption of (i) a temporary increase government expenditures in period t (ii) an increase in output Assuming that output growth is zero, inflation and the rate of growth of the money supply are π, thatgovernmentexpendituresongoodsandservicesplustransferslesstotaltaxesequalsz and the real interest rate is r>0, (a) what is the minimum rate of inflation consistent with the sustainability of the fiscal stance in an economy that has government debt? (b) How do larger government expenditures affect this? (c) What are the implications for reducing inflation? 5.5. Consider an economy without capital that has proportional taxes on consumption and labor and is described by the following equations y t = An α t = c t + g t g t + rb t = τ c tc t + τ w t w t n t + b t+1 U(c t,l t ) = lnc t + γ ln l t 1 = n t + l t (a) State the household budget constraint. (b) If the economy seeks to maximize Σ s=0β s U(c t+s,l t+s ),whereβ = 1 1+r,derivetheoptimal steady-state levels of consumption and employment for given g t,b t and tax rates. 5.6 (a) What is the Ramsey problem of optimal taxation? 9
11 (b) For Exercise 5 find the optimal rates of consumption and labor taxes by solving the associated Ramsey problem. Chapter (a) Consider the following two-period OLG model. People consume in both periods but work only in period two. The inter-temporal utility of the representative individual in the first period is U =lnc 1 + β[ln c 2 + α ln(1 n 2 )+γ ln g 2 ] where c 1 and c 2 are consumption and k 1 (which is given) and k 2 are the stocks of capital in periods one and two, n 2 is work and g 2 is government expenditure in period two which is funded by a lump-sum tax in period two. Production in periods one and two are y 1 = Rk 1 = c 1 + k 2 y 2 = Rk 2 + φn 2 = c 2 + g 2 Find the optimal centrally-planned solution for c 1. (b) Find the private sector solutions for c 1 and c 2, taking government expenditures as given. (c) Compare the two solutions. 6.2 Suppose that in Exercise 6.1 the government finances its expenditures with taxes both on labor and capital in period two so that the government budget constraint is g 2 = τ 2 φn 2 +(R R 2 )k 2 where R 2 is the after-tax return to capital and τ 2 is the rate of tax of labor in period two. Derive the centrally-planned solutions for c 1 and c (a) Continuing to assume that the government budget constraint is as defined in Exercise 6.2, find the private sector solutions for c 1 and c 2 when government expenditures and tax rates are pre-announced. 10
12 (b) Why may this solution not be time consistent? 6.4 For Exercise 6.3 assume now that the government optimizes taxes in period two taking k 2 as given as it was determined in period one. (a) Derive the necessary conditions for the optimal solution. (b) Show that the optimal labor tax when period two arrives is zero. Is it optimal to taxe capitalinperiodtwo? 6.5. Consider the following two-period OLG model in which each generation has the same number of people, N. The young generation receives an endowment of x 1 when young and x 2 =(1+φ)x 1 when old, where φ can be positive or negative. The endowments of the young generation grow over time at the rate γ. Each unit of saving (by the young) is invested and produces 1+μ units of output (μ > 0) when they are old. Each of the young generation maximizes ln c 1t r ln c 2,t+1, wherec 1t is consumption when young and c 2,t+1 is consumption when old. (a) Derive the consumption and savings of the young generation and the consumption of the old generation. (b) How do changes in φ, μ, r and γ affect these solutions? (c) If φ = μ how does this affect the solution? 11
13 Chapter An open economy has the balance of payments identity x t Qx m t + r f t = f t+1 where x t is exports, x m t is imports, f t is the net holding of foreign assets, Q is the terms of trade and r is the world rate of interest. Total output y t is either consumed at home c h t or is exported, thus y t = c h t + x t. Total domestic consumption is c t ; y t and x t are exogenous. (a) Derive the Euler equation that maximises P s=0 βs ln c t+s with respect to {c t,c t+1,...; f t+1,f t+2,...} where β = 1 1+θ. (b) Explain how and why the relative magnitudes of r and θ affect the steady-state solutions of c t and f t. (c) Explain how this solution differs from that of the corresponding closed-economy. (d) Comment on whether there are any benefits to being an open economy in this model. (e) Obtain the solution for the current account. (f) What are the effects on the current account and the net asset position of a permanent increase in x t? 7.2. Consider two countries which consume home and foreign goods c H,t and c F,t. Each period thehomecountrymaximizes U t = hc σ 1 σ H,t i + c σ 1 σ σ 1 σ F,t and has an endowment of y t units of the home produced good. The foreign country is identical and its variables are denoted with an asterisk. Every unit of a good that is transported abroad has a real resource cost equal to τ so that, in effect, only a proportion 1 τ arrives at its destination. P H,t isthehomepriceofthehomegoodandp H,t is the foreign price of the home good. The 12
14 corresponding prices of the foreign good are P F,t and PF,t. All prices are measured in terms of a common unit of world currency. (a) If goods markets are competitive what is the relation between the four prices and how are the terms of trade in each country related? (b) Derive the relative demands for home and foreign goods in each country. (c) Hence comment on the implications of the presence of transport costs. Note: This Exercise and the next, Exercise 7.3, is based on Obstfeld and Rogoff (2000) Suppose the model in Exercise 7.2 is modified so that there are two periods and intertemporal utility is where c t = hc σ 1 σ H,t V t = U(c t )+βu(c t+1 ) i + c σ 1 σ σ 1 σ F,t. Endowments in the two periods are y t and y t+1. Foreign prices PH,t and P F,t and the world interest rate are assumed given. The first and second period budget constraints are P H,t y t + B = P H,t c H,t + P F,t c F,t = P t c t P H,t+1 y t+1 (1 + r )B = P H,t+1 c H,t+1 + P F,t+1 c F,t+1 = P t+1 c t+1, where P t is the general price level, B is borrowing from abroad in world currency units in period t and r is the foreign real interest rate. It is assumed that there is zero foreign inflation. (a) Derive the optimal solution for the home economy, including the domestic price level P t. (b) What is the domestic real interest rate r? Does real interest parity exist? (c) How is r related to τ? 7.4. Suppose the "world" is compromised of two similar countries where one is a net debtor. Each country consumes home and foreign goods and maximizes V t = X s=0 β s (cα H,t+s c1 α F,t+s )1 σ 1 σ 13
15 subject to its budget constraint. Expressed in terms of home s prices, the home country budget constraint is P H,t c H,t + S t P F,t c F,t + B t+1 = P H,t y H,t + R t B t where c H,t is consumption of home produced goods, c F,t is consumption of foreign produced goods, P H,t is the price of the home country s output which is denoted y H,t and is exogenous, P F,t is the price of the foreign country s output in terms of foreign prices, and B t isthehomecountry s borrowing from abroad expressed in domestic currency which is at the nominal rate of interest R t and S t is the nominal exchange rate. Interest parity is assumed to hold. (a) Using an asterisk to denote the foreign country equivalent variable (e.g. c H,t is the foreign country s consumption of domestic output), what are the national income and balance of payments identities for the home country? (b) Derive the optimal relative expenditure on home and foreign goods taking the foreign country - its output, exports and prices - and the exchange rate as given. (c) Derive the price level P t for the domestic economy assuming that c t = c α H,t+s c1 α F,t+s. (d) Obtain the consumption Euler equation for the home country. (e) Hence derive the implications for the current account and the net foreign asset position. Comment on the implications of the home country being a debtor nation. (f) Suppose that y t <y t and both are constant, that there is zero inflation in each country, R t = R and β = 1 1+R. Show that c t <c t if B t For the model described in Exercise 7.4, suppose that there is world central planner who maximizes the sum of individual country welfares: " # X (c α W t = β s H,t+s c 1 α F,t+s )1 σ + [(c H,t+s )α (c F,t+s )1 α ] 1 σ. 1 σ 1 σ s=0 (a) What are the constraints in this problem? (b) Derive the optimal world solution subject to these constraints where outputs and the exchange rate are exogenous. 14
16 (c)comment on any differences with the solutions in Exercise
17 Chapter Consider an economy in which money is the only financial asset, and suppose that households hold money solely in order to smooth consumption expenditures. The nominal household budget constraint for this economy is P t c t + M t+1 = P t y t where c t is consumption, y t is exogenous income, P t is the price level and M t is nominal money balances. (a) If households maximize Σ s=0 βs U(c t+s ), derive the optimal solution for consumption. (b) Compare this solution with the special case where β =1and inflation is zero. (c) Suppose that in (b) y t is expected to remain constant except in period t +1 when it is expected to increase temporarily. Examine the effect on money holdings and consumption. (d) Hence comment on the role of real balances in determining consumption in these circumstances Suppose that the nominal household budget constraint is B t+1 + M t+1 + P t c t = P t x t + R t B t where c t is consumption, x t is exogenous income, B t is nominal bond holding, M t is nominal money balances, P t is the general price level, m t = M t /P t and R t is a nominal rate of return. (a) Derive the real budget constraint. (b) Comment on whether or not this implies that money is super-neutral in the whole economy. (c) If households maximize V t = Σ s=0β s U(c t+s,m t+s ) where the utility function is U(c t,m t )= h i c α t m 1 α 1 σ t α α (1 α) 1 α 1 σ 16
18 obtain the demand for money Consider a cash-in-advance economy with the national income identity y t = c t + g t and the government budget constraint B t+1 + M t+1 + P t T t = P t g t + R t B t where c t is consumption, y t is exogenous national income, B t is nominal bond holding, M t is nominal money balances, P t is the general price level, m t = M t /P t,t t are lump-sum taxes, R t is a nominal rate of return and the government consumes a random real amount g t = g + e t where e t is an independently and identically distributed random shock with zero mean. (a) If households maximize Σ s=0β s ln c t+s where β = 1 1+θ, derive the optimal solutions for consumption and money holding. (b) Comment on how a positive government expenditure shock affects consumption and money holding. (c) Is money super-neutral in this economy? 8.4. Suppose that some goods c 1,t must be paid for only with money M t and the rest c 2,t are bought on credit L t using a one period loan to be repaid at the start of next period at the nominal rate of interest R + ρ, wherer is the rate of interest on bonds which are a savings vehicle. The prices of these goods are P 1t and P 2t. If households maximize Σ s=0(1 + R) s U(c t+s ) subject to their budget constraint, where U(c t )=lnc t, c t = (a) derive the expenditures on cash purchases relative to credit. cα 1,t c1 α 2,t α α (1 α) 1 α, and income y t is exogenous, (b) Obtain the optimal long-run solutions for c 1,t and c 2,t when exogenous income y t is constant. (c) Comment on the case where there is no credit premium Suppose that an economy can either use cash-in-advance or credit. Compare the long-run 17
19 levels of consumption that result from these choices for the economy in Exercise 8.4 when there is a single consumption good c t Consider the following demand for money function which has been used to study hyperinflation m t p t = α(e t p t+1 p t ), α>0 where M t = nominal money, m t =lnm t, P t =pricelevelandp t =lnp t. (a) Contrast this with a more conventional demand function for money, and comment on why it might be a suitable formulation for studying hyper-inflation? (b) Derive the equilibrium values of p t and the rate of inflation if the supply of money is given by m t = μ + ε t where μ>0 and E t [ε t+1 ]=0. (c) What will be the equilibrium values of p t if (i) the stock of money is expected to deviate temporarily in period t +1 from this money supply rule and take the value m t+1, (ii) the rate of growth of money is expected to deviate permanently from the rule and from period t +1grow at the rate υ. 18
20 Chapter Consider an economy that produces a single good in which households maximize V t = X s=0 subject to the nominal budget constraint β s ln c t+s φ ln n t+s + γ ln M t+s, β = 1 P t+s 1+r P t c t + B t+1 + M t+1 = P t d t + W t n t + RB t. where c consumption, n is employment, W is the nominal wage rate, d is total real firm net revenues distributed as dividends, B is nominal bond holdings, R is the nominal interest rate, M is nominal money balances, P is the price level and r is the real interest rate. Firms maximize thepresentvalueofnominalnetrevenues X Π t = (1 + r) s P t+s d t+s s=0 where d t = y t w t n t, the real wage is w t = W t /P t and the production function is y t = A t n α t. (a) Derive the optimal solution on the assumption that prices are perfectly flexible. (b) Assuming that inflation is zero, suppose that, following a shock, for example, to the money supply, firms are able to adjust their price with probability ρ, and otherwise price retains its previous value. Discuss the consequences for the expected price level following the shock. (c) Suppose that prices are fully flexible but the nominal wage adjusts to shocks with probability ρ. What are the consequences for the economy? 9.2. Consider an economy where prices are determined in each period under imperfect competition in which households have the utility function U[c t,n t (i)] = ln c t η ln n t (i) with i =1, 2. Total household consumption c t is obtained from the two consumption goods c t (1) and c t (2) through the aggregator c t = c t(1) φ c t (2) 1 φ φ φ (1 φ) 1 φ 19
21 and n t (1) and n t (2) are the employment levels in the two firms which have production functions y t (i) =A it n t (i) and profits Π t (i) =P t (i)y t (i) W t (i)n t (i) where P t (i) is the output price and W t (i) is the wage rate paid by firm i. If total consumption expenditure is P t c t = P t (1)c t (1) + P t (2)c t (2) (a) Derive the optimal solutions for the household, treating firm profits as exogenous. (b) Show how the price level for each firm is related to the common wage W t and comment on your result Consider a model with two intermediate goods where final output is related to intermediate inputs through y t = y t(1) φ y t (2) 1 φ φ φ (1 φ) 1 φ and the final output producer chooses the inputs y t (1) and y t (2) to maximize the profits of the final producer Π t = P t y t P t (1)y t (1) P t (2)y t (2) where P t is the price of final output and P t (i) are the prices of the intermediate inputs. Intermediate goods are produced with the production function y t (i) =A it n t (i) α where n t (i) is labour input and the intermediate goods firms maximize the profit function Π t (i) =P t (i)y t (i) W t n t (i) 20
22 where W t is the economy-wide wage rate. (a) Derive the demand functions for the intermediate inputs. (b) Derive their supply functions. (c) Hence examine whether there is an efficiency loss for total output Consider pricing with intermediate inputs where the demand for an intermediate firm s output is µ φ Pt (i) y t (i) = y t P t its profit is Π t (i) =P t (i)y t (i) C t (i) and its total cost is C t (i) = φ 1 φ ln[p t(i)y t (i)]. (a) Find the optimal price P t (i) if the firm maximizes profits period by period while taking y t and P t as given. (b) If instead the firm chooses a price which it plans to keep constant for all future periods and hence maximizes Σ s=0(1 + r) s Π t+s (i), derive the resulting optimal price P t (i) #. (c) What is this price if expressed in terms of P t (i)? (d) Hence comment on the effect on today s price of anticipated future shocks to demand and costs Consider an economy with two sectors i =1, 2. Each sector sets its price for two periods but does so in alternate periods. The general price level in the economy is the average of sector prices: p t = 1 2 (p 1t + p 2t ), hence p t = 1 2 (p# it + p# i+1,t 1 ). In the period the price is reset it is determined by the average of the current and the expected future optimal price: p # it = 1 2 (p it + E t p i,t+1 ), i =1, 2. The optimal price is assumed to be determined by p it p t = φ(w t p t ),where w t is the wage rate. 21
23 (a) Derive the general price level if wages are generated by w t = e t,wheree t is a zero mean i.i.d. process. Show that p t can be given a forward-looking, a backward-looking and a univariate representation. (b) If the price level in steady state is p, how does the price level in period t respond to an unanticipated shock in wages in period t? (c) How does the price level deviate from p in period t in response to an anticipated wage shock in period t +1? 22
24 Chapter (a) Suppose that a consumer s initial wealth is given by W 0, and the consumer has the option of investing in a risky asset which has a rate of return r or a risk-free asset which has a sure rate of return f. If the consumer maximizes the expected value of a strictly increasing, concave utility function U(W ) by choosing to hold the risky versus the risk-free asset, and if the variance of the return on the risky asset is V (r), find an expression for the risk premium ρ that makes the consumer indifferent between holding the risky and the risk-free asset. (b) Explain how absolute risk aversion differs from relative risk aversion. (c) Suppose that the consumer s utility function is the hyperbolic absolute risk aversion (HARA) function U(W )= 1 σ σ σ αw 1 σ + β, α > 0, β>0, ;0<σ<1. Discuss how the magnitude of the risk premium varies as a function of wealth and the parameters α, β, and σ Consider there exists a representative risk-averse investor who derives utility from current and future consumption according to U = Σ θ s=0β s E t U(c t+s ), where 0 <β<1 is the consumer s subjective discount factor, and the single-period utility function has the form U(c t )= c1 σ t 1 1 σ, σ 0. The investor receives a random exogenous income of y t and can save by purchasing shares in a stock or by holding a risk-free one-period bond with a face-value of unity. The ex-dividend price of the stock is given by P S t in period t. The stock pays a random stream of dividends D t+s per share held at the end of the previous period. The bond sells for P B t in period t. (a) Find an expression for the bond price that must hold at the investor s optimum. 23
25 (b) Find an expression for the stock price that must hold at the investor s optimum. Interpret this expression. (c) Derive an expression for the risk premium on the stock that must hold at the investor s optimum. Interpret this expression If the pricing kernel is M t+1, the return on a risky asset is r t and that on a risk-free asset is f t, (a) state the asset-pricing equation for the risky asset and the associated risk premium. (b) Express the risk premium as a function of the conditional variance of the risky asset and give a regression interpretation of your result (a) What is the significance of an asset having the same pay-off in all states of the world? (b) Consider a situation involving three assets and two states. Suppose that one asset is a risk-free bond with a return of 20%, a second asset has a price of 100 and pay-offs of60 and 200 in the two states, and a third asset has pay-offs of100 and 0 in the two states. If the probability of the first state occurring is 0.4. (i) What types of assets might this description fit? (ii) Find the prices of the implied contingent claims in the two states. (iii) Find the price of the third asset. (iv) What is the risk premium associated with the second asset? Consider the following two-period problem for a household in which there is one state of the world in the first period and two states in the second period. Income in the first period is 6; in the second period it is 5 in state one which occurs with probability 0.2, andis10 in state two. There is a risk-free bond with a rate of return equal to 0.2. If instantaneous utility is ln c t and therateoftimediscountis0.2 find (a) the levels of consumption in each state, (b) the state prices, 24
26 (c) the stochastic discount factors, (d) the risk-free "rate of return" (i.e. rate of change) to income in period two, (e) the "risk premium" for income in period two. 25
27 Chapter An investor with the utility function U(c t )= c σ t 1 σ who maximizes E tσ s=0 βs U(c t+s ) can either invest in equity with a price of P S t and a dividend of D t or a risk-free one-period bond with nominal return f t.derive (a) the optimal consumption plan, and (b) the equity premium. (c) Discuss the effect on the price of equity in period t of a loosening of monetary policy as implementedbyanincreaseinthenominalrisk-freeratef t (a) A household with the utility function U(c t )=lnc t, which maximizes E t Σ s=0β s U(c t+s ), caneitherinvestinaone-perioddomestic risk-free bond with nominal return R t,oraone-period foreign currency bond with nominal return (in foreign currency) of Rt. If the nominal exchange rate (the domestic price of foreign exchange) is S t derive (i) the optimal consumption plan, and (ii) the foreign exchange risk premium. (b) Suppose that foreign households have an identical utility function but a different discount factor β, what is their consumption plan and their risk premium? (c) Is the market complete? If not, (i) what would make it complete? (ii) How would this affect the two risk premia? Let S t denote the current price in dollars of one unit of foreign currency; F t,t is the delivery price agreed to in a forward contract; r is the domestic interest rate with continuous compounding; r is the foreign interest rate with continuous compounding. (a) Consider the following pay-offs: (i) investing in a domestic bond 26
28 (ii) investing a unit of domestic currency in a foreign bond and buying a forward contract to convert the proceeds. Find the value of the forward exchange rate F t,t. (b) Suppose that the foreign interest rate exceeds the domestic interest rate at date t so that r >r. What is the relation between the forward and spot exchange rates? (a) What is the price of a forward contract on a dividend-paying stock with stock price S t? (b) A one-year long forward contract on a non-dividend-paying stock is entered into when the stock price is $40 and the risk-free interest rate is 10% per annum with continuous compounding. What is the forward price? (c) Six months later, the price of the stock is $45 and the risk-free interest rate is still 10%. What is the forward price? Suppose that in an economy with one and two zero-coupon period bonds investors maximize E t Σ s=0β s ln c t+s.whatis (a) the risk premium in period t for the two-period bond, and (b) its price in period t? (c) What is the forward rate for the two-period bond? (d) Hence, express the risk premium in terms of this forward rate Consider a Vasicek model with two independent latent factors z 1t and z 2t.Thepriceof an n-period bond and the log discount factor may be written as p n,t = [A n + B 1n z 1t + B 2n z 2t ] m t+1 = [z 1t + z 2t + λ 1 e 1,t+1 + λ 2 e 2,t+1 ] where the factors are generated by z i,t+1 μ i = φ i (z it μ i )+e i,t+1, i =1, 2. 27
29 (a) Derive the no-arbitrage condition for an n-periodbondanditsriskpremium. Stateany additional assumptions made. (b) Explain how the yield on an n-period bond and its risk premium can be expressed in terms of the yields on one and two period bonds. (c) Derive an expression for the n-period ahead forward rate. (d) Comment on the implications of these results for the shape and behavior over time of the yield curve In their affine model of the term structure Ang and Piazzesi (2003) specify the pricing kernel M t directly as follows: M t+1 = exp( s t ) ξ t+1 ξ t s t = δ 0 + δ 0 1z t z t = μ + φ 0 z t 1 + Σe t+1 ξ t+1 ξ t = exp( 1 2 λ0 tλ t λ 0 te t+1 ) λ t = λ 0 + λ 1 z t p n,t = A n + B 0 nz t (a) Derive the yield curve, and (b) and the risk premium on a n-period yield. 28
30 Chapter According to rational expectations models of the nominal exchange rate, such as the Monetary Model, an increase in the domestic money supply is expected to cause an appreciation in the exchange rate, but the exchange rate depreciates. Explain why the Monetary Model is nonetheless correct The Buiter-Miller (1981) model of the exchange rate - not formally a DGE model but, apart from the backward-looking pricing equation, broadly consistent with such an interpretation - may be represented as follows: y t = α(s t + p t p t ) β(r t p t+1 r t )+g t + γy t m t p t = y t λr t p t+1 = θ(y t y n t )+π# t s t+1 = R t R t where y is output, y n is full employment output, g is government expenditure, s is the log exchange rate, R is the nominal interest rate, r is the real interest rate, m is log nominal money, p is the log price level, π # is target inflation and an asterisk denotes the foreign equivalent. (a) Derive the long-run and short-run solutions for output, the price level and the exchange rate. (b) Hence comment on the effects of monetary and fiscal policy. (c) Suppose that the foreign country is identical and the two countries comprise the "world" economy. Denoting the corresponding world variable as x t = x t + x t and the country differential by ex t = x t x t, (i) derive the solutions for the world economy and for the differences between the economies. (ii) Analyse the effects of monetary and fiscal policy on the world economy Consider a small cash-in-advance open economy with a flexible exchange rate in which 29
31 output is exogenous, there is Calvo pricing, PPP holds in the long run, UIP holds and households maximize Σ j=0 βj ln c t+j subject to their budget constraint S t F t+1 + M t+1 + P t c t = P t x t + R t S t F t where P t is the general price level, c t is consumption, x t is output, F t is the net foreign asset position, M t is the nominal money stock, S t is the nominal exchange rate and R t is the foreign nominal interest rate. (a) Derive the steady-state solution of the model when output is fixed. (b) Obtain a log-linear approximation to the model suitable for analysing its short-run behavior (c)commentonitsdynamicproperties Suppose the global economy consists of two identical countries who take output as given, have cash-in-advance demands for money based on the consumption of domestic and foreign goods and services, and who may borrow or save either through domestic or foreign bonds. Purchasing power parity holds and the domestic and foreign money supplies are exogenous. Global nominal bond holding satisfies B t + S t B t =0where S t is the domestic price of nominal exchange and B t is the nominal supply of domestic bonds. The two countries maximize Σ j=0 βj ln c t+j and Σ j=0 βj ln c t+j, respectively, where c t is real consumption. Foreign equivalents are denoted with an asterisk. (a) Derive the solutions for consumption and the nominal exchange rate. (b)whataretheeffects of increases in (i) the domestic money supply and (ii) domestic output? 12.5 Consider a world consisting of two economies A and B. Each produces a single tradeable good and issues a risky one-period bondwithrealrateofreturnsr A t and r B t, respectively. Noting that the real exchange rate e t between these countries is the ratio of their marginal utilities, 30
32 (a) derive the real interest parity condition. (b) How is this affected in the following cases: (i) both countries are risk neutral, (ii) markets are complete? 31
33 Chapter Consider the following characterizations of the IS-LM and DGE models: IS-LM y = c(y,r)+i(y,r)+g m p = L(y, r) DGE c = 1 (r θ) =0 σ y = c + i + g y = f(k) k = i f k = r where y is output, c is consumption, i is investment, k is the capital stock, g is government expenditure, r is the real interest rate, m is log nominal money and p is the log price level. (a) Comment on the main differences in the two models and on the underlying approaches to macroeconomics. (b) Comment on the implications of the two models for the effectiveness of monetary and fiscal policy (a) How might a country s international monetary arrangements affect its conduct of monetary policy? (b)what other factors might influence the way it carries out its monetary policy? The Lucas-Sargent proposition is that systematic monetary policy is ineffective. Examine 32
34 this hypothesis using the following model of the economy due to Bull and Frydman (1983): y t = α 1 + α 2 (p t E t 1 p t )+u t d t = β(m t p t )+v t p t = θ(p t p t 1), where y is output, d is aggregate demand, p is the log price level, p is the market clearing price, m is log nominal money and u and v are mean zero, mutually and serially independent shocks. (a) Derive the solutions for output and prices. (b) If m t = μ + ε t where ε t is a mean zero serially independent shock, comment on the effect on prices of (i) an unanticipated shock to money in period t, (ii) a temporary anticipated shock to money in period t, (iii) a permanent anticipated shock to money in period t. (c) Hence comment on the Lucas-Sargent proposition Consider the following model of the economy: x t = β(r t E t π t+1 r) π t = E t π t+1 + αx t + e t R t = γ(e t π t+1 π ), where π t is inflation, π is target inflation, x t is the output gap, R t is the nominal interest rate and e t is a mean zero serially independent shock. (a) Why is the interest rate equation misspecified? (b) Correct the specification and state the long-run solution. (c) What are the short-run solutions for π t,x t and R t? (d) In the correctly specified model how would the behavior of inflation, output and monetary policy be affected by 33
35 (i) a temporary shock e t (ii) an expected shock e t+1? (e) Suppose that the output equation is modified to x t = β(r t E t π t+1 r) θe t, where e t can be interpreted as a supply shock. How would the behavior of inflation, output and monetary policy be affected by a supply shock? 13.5 Consider the following New Keynesian model: π t = φ + βe t π t+1 + γx t + e πt x t = E t x t+1 α(r t E t π t+1 θ)+e xt R t = θ + π + μ(π t π )+υx t + e Rt, where π t is inflation, π is target inflation, x t is the output gap, R t is the nominal interest rate, e πt and e πt are independent, zero-mean iid processes and φ =(1 β)π. (a) What is the long-run solution? (b) Write the model in matrix form and obtain the short-run solutions for inflation and the output gap when μ >1 and μ<1. (c) Assuming the shocks are uncorrelated, derive the variance of inflation in each case and comment on how the choice of μ and ν affects the variance of inflation (d) Hence comment on how to tell whether the "great moderation" of inflationintheearly 2000 s was due to good policy or to good fortune. 34
36 13.6. Consider the following model of Broadbent and Barro (1997): y t = α(p t E t 1 p t )+e t d t = βr t + ε t m t = y t + p t λr t r t = R t E t p t+1 y t = d t, where e t and ε t are zero-mean mutually and serially correlated shocks. (a) Derive the solution to the model (i) under money supply targeting, (ii) inflation targeting, (b) Derive the optimal money supply rule if monetary policy minimizes E t (p t+1 E t p t+1 ) 2 subject to the model of the economy. (c) What does this policy imply for inflation and the nominal interest rate? (d) Derive the optimal interest rate rule. (e) How would these optimal policies differ if monetary policy was based on targeting inflation instead of the price level? Suppose that a monetary authority is a strict inflation targeter attempting to minimize E(π t π ) 2 subject to the following model of the economy π t = α t R t + z t + e t, where α t = α + ε t,e(z t )=z + ε zt and ε αt and ε zt are random measurement errors of α and z, respectively; ε αt, ε zt and e t are mutually and independently distributed random variables with zero means and variances σ 2 z, σ 2 α and σ 2 e. (a) What is the optimal monetary policy (i) in the absence of measurement errors, 35
37 (ii) in the presence of measurement errors? (b) What are broader implications of these results for monetary policy? A highly stylized model of an open economy is p t = αp t 1 + θ(s t p t ) s t = R t + R t+1, where p t is the price level, s t istheexchangerateandr t is the nominal interest rate. Suppose that monetary policy aims to choose R t and R t+1 to minimize L =(p t p ) 2 + β(p t+1 p ) 2 + γ(r t R ) 2, where p t 1 = R t+2 =0. (a) Find the time consistent solutions for R t and R t+1. (Hint: first find R t+1 taking R t as given.) (b) Find the optimal solution by optimizing simultaneously with respect to R t and R t+1. (c) Compare the two solutions and the significance of γ Consider the following model of an open economy: π t = μ + βe t π t+1 + γx t + e πt x t = α(r t E t π t+1 θ)+φ(s t + p t p t )+e xt s t+1 = R t R t + e st, where e πt,e xt and e st are mean zero, mutually and serially independent shocks to inflation, output and the exchange rate. (a) Derive the long-run solution making any additional assumptions thought necessary. (b) Derive the short-run solution for inflation. 36
38 (c) Each period monetary policy is set to minimize E t (π t+1 π ) 2,whereπ is the long-run solution for π, on the assumption that the interest rate chosen will remain unaltered indefinitely and foreign interest rate and price level will remain unchanged. Find the optimal value of R t. 37
39 Chapter Consider a variant on the basic real business cycle model. The economy is assumed to P maximize E t subject to s=0 β s c t+s 1 σ 1 σ y t = c t + i t y t = A t k α t k t+1 = i t δk t ln A t = ρ ln A t 1 + e t, where y t is output, c t is consumption, i t is investment, k t is the capital stock, A t is technical progress and e t i.i.d(0,ω 2 ). (a) Derive (i) the optimal short-run solution, (ii) the steady-state solution, (ii) a log-linearization to the short-run solution about its steady state in ln c t ln c and ln k t ln k, whereln c and ln k are the steady-state values of ln c t and ln k t. (b) If, in practice, output, consumption and capital are non-stationary I(1) variables, (i) comment on why this model is not a useful specification. (ii) Suggest a simple re-specification of the model that would improve its usefulness. (c) In practice, output, consumption and capital also have independent sources of random variation. (i) Why is this not compatible with this model? (ii) Suggest possible ways in which the model might be re-specified to achieve this After (log-) linearization all DSGE models can be written in the form B 0 x t = B 1 E t x t+1 + B 2 z t. 38
40 If there are lags in the model, then the equation will be in companion form and x t and z t will be long (state) vectors. And if B 0 is invertible then the DSGE model can also be written as x t = A 1 E t x t+1 + A 2 z t, where A 1 = B 1 0 B 1 and A 2 = B 1 0 B 2. (a) Show that the model in Exercise 14.1 can be written in this way. (b) Hence show that the solution can be written as a vector autoregressive-moving average (VARMA) model. (c) Hence comment on the effect of a technology shock Consider the real business cycle model defined in terms of the same variables as in Exercise 14.1 with the addition of employment, n t : X U t = E t β s [ c t+s 1 σ 1 σ γ n 1 φ t+s 1 φ ] s=0 y t = c t + i t y t = A t k α t n1 α t k t+1 = i t δk t ln A t = ρ ln A t 1 + e t, where e t i.i.d(0,ω 2 ). (a) Derive the optimal solution (b) Hence find the steady-state solution. (c) Log-linearize the solution about its steady state to obtain the short-run solution. (d) What is the implied dynamic behavior of the real wage and the real interest rate? 14.4 For a log-linearized version of the model of Exercise 14.1 write a Dynare program to compute the effect of an unanticipated temporary technology shock on the logarithms of output, consumption and capital and the implied real interest rate assuming that α =0.33, δ =0.1, σ =4, θ =0.05, ρ =0.5 and the variance of the technology shock e t is zero. 39
41 Notes: (i) Dynare runs in both Matlab and Gauss and is freely downloadable from (ii) Dynare uses a different dating convention. It dates non-jump variables like the capital stock at the end and not the start of the period, i.e. as t 1 and not t For the model of Exercise 14.1 write a Dynare program to compute the effect of a temporary technology shock assuming that α =0.33, δ =0.1, σ =4,θ=0.05, ρ =0.5 and the variance of the technology shock e t is unity. Plot the impulse response functions for output, consumption, capital and the real interest rate For the model of Exercise 14.5 write a Dynare program for a stochastic simulation which calculates the means, variances, cross correlations and autocorrelations (a) Consider the New Keynesian model π t = π + α(e t π t+1 π )+β(π t 1 π )+δx t + e πt x t = E t x t+1 γ(r t E t π t+1 θ)+e xt R t = θ + π + μ(π t π )+υx t, where π t is inflation, π is target inflation, x t is the output gap, R t is the nominal interest rate, e πt and e xt are independent, shocks.ean iid processes and φ =(1 β)π. Write a Dynare program to compute the effect of a supply shock in period t such that e πt = e xt =5. Assume that π =2, α =0.6, α+ β =1,δ=1,γ=5, θ =3,μ=1.5 and ν =1. (b) Compare the monetary policy response to the increase in inflation compared with that of astrictinflation targeter when ν =0. References Ang, A. and M. Piazzesi "A no-arbitrage vector autoregression of term structure 40
42 dynamics with macroeconomic and latent variables, Journal of Monetary Economics, 50, Broadbent, B. and R.J. Barro "Central bank preferences and macroeonomic equilibrium", Journal of Monetary Economics, 30, Buiter, W. and M. Miller "Macroeconomic policy and international competitiveness", Oxford Economic Papers, 33, Bull, C. and R. Frydman "The derivation and interpretation of the Lucas supply function", Journal of Money Credit and Banking, 83, Obstfeld, M and K.Rogoff, 200. "The six major puzzles in international macroeconomics: is there a common cause?" NBER Working Paper Rebelo, S "Long-run policy analysis and long-run growth." Journal of Political Economy, 99,
43 Solutions Chapter We have assumed that the economy discounts s periods ahead using the geometric (or exponential) discount factor β s =(1+θ) s for {s =0, 1, 2,...}. Suppose instead that the economy uses the sequence of hyperbolic discount factors β s = {1,ϕβ,ϕβ 2,ϕβ 3,...} where 0 <ϕ<1. (a) Compare the implications for discounting of using geometric and hyperbolic discount factors. (b) For the centrally planned model y t = c t + i t k t+1 = i t δk t where y t is output, c t is consumption, i t is investment, k t is the capital stock and the objective is to maximize X V t = β s U(c t+s ) s=0 derive the optimal solution under hyperbolic discounting and comment on any differences with the solution based on geometric discounting. Solution (a) As 0 <ϕ<1 the hyperbolic discount factor is smaller than the corresponding geometric discounting for a given value of β and s>0. This implies that the future is discounted more and hence becomes less important than before. Figure 2.1 illustrates the effect of different values of ϕ for a given value of β =0.9. (b) The Lagrangian with hyperbolic discounting is X L t = U(c t )+λ t [F (k t ) c t k t+1 +(1 δ)k t ]+ {ϕβ s U(c t+s )+λ t+s [F (k t+s ) c t+s k t+s+1 +(1 δ)k t+s ]} s=1 42
44 The first-order are conditions are L t = { U 0 (c t ) λ t =0, s =0 c t+s ϕβ s U 0 (c t+s ) λ t+s =0, s > 0 L t = λ t+s [F 0 (k t+s )+1 δ] λ t+s 1 =0, s > 0 k t+s plus the resource constraints and the transversality condition lim s ϕβ s U 0 (c t+s )k t+s =0.The Euler equations for s 0 can be written as ϕβ U 0 (c t+1 ) U 0 (c t ) [F 0 (k t+1 )+1 δ] = 1 (1) β U 0 (c t+s+1 ) U 0 (c t+s ) [F 0 (k t+s+1 )+1 δ] = 1, s > 0 (2) These differ for the first period. Hence hyperbolic only differs from geometric discounting in the initial period. The long-run optimal levels of the capital stock and consumption will be the same as for geometric discounting. After period t+1 the short-run responses of consumption and capital to a shock will also be the same as for geometric discounting, but between periods t and t +1 the response of consumption along the optimal path differs Assuming hyperbolic discounting, the utility function U(c t )=lnc t and the production function y t = Ak t, (a) derive the optimal long-run solution. (b) Analyse the short-run solution. Solution (a) From the solution of exercise 1, equations (1) and (2) the optimal long run solution for capital is obtained from its net marginal product F 0 k δ = αak α 1 = θ 43
45 giving k = µ 1 θ + δ 1 α αa c = Ak α δk (b) The Euler equation implies that the optimal rate of growth in consumption from periods t to t +1is c t+1 c t = ϕβ[f 0 (k t+1 )+1 δ] = ϕβ(αak (1 α) t+1 +1 δ) < β(αak (1 α) t+1 +1 δ) the corresponding solution under geometric discounting. To illustrate the different dynamic behavior of the economy consider a permanent productivity increase in period t. We have shown that the economy moves towards the same long-run solution as for geometric discounting. Moreover, from t +1, it approaches long-run equilibrium at the same speed. Although y t isgiveninperiodt because k t cannot be changed, c t and i t - and hence k t+1 - will be different from geometric discounting. As future consumption is less important, c t will be higher, i t and hence k t+1 must be lower. In other words, there is a bigger initial impact on consumption and thereafter consumption and the capital stock are smaller than for geometric discounting and it takes longer to reach the same long-run equilibrium Consider the CES production function y t = A[αk 1 1 γ t +(1 α)n 1 1 γ 1 1 t ] γ 1 (a) Show that the CES function becomes the Cobb-Douglas function as γ 1. (b) Verify that the CES function is homogeneous of degree one and hence satisfies F (k t,n t )= F n,t n t + F k,t k t. Solution 44
46 (a) We use L Hospital s rule to obtain the solution. Consider re-writing the production function as 1= A[αk 1 1 γ t y 1 1 γ t +(1 α)n 1 1 γ t ] = f(γ) g(γ) = h(γ) As γ 1, 1 1 γ 0 and x1 1 γ t 1. Hence f(γ) 1, g(γ) A and h(γ) 1 A 6=1. Therefore the equation is violated as γ 1. L Hospital s rule says that in a such a case we may obtain the limit as γ 1 using 1= lim γ 1 f 0 (γ) lim γ 1 g 0 (γ) = ln y t A[α ln k t +(1 α)lnn t ] wherewehaveusedx 1 1 γ t = e (1 1 γ )lnxt and de (1 1 γ )lnx t dγ = 1 γ 2 x1 1 γ t ln x t ln x t as γ 1 Taking exponentials gives the Cobb-Douglas production function y t = e A k α t n 1 α t. (b) First consider the marginal product of capital. The CES production function can be rewritten as y 1 1 γ t = A 1 1 γ [αk 1 1 γ t +(1 α)n 1 1 γ t ] Hence, partially differentiating with respect to k t,gives (1 1 γ )y 1 γ t y t = A γ α(1 k t 1 γ )k γ t It follows that and y t k t = αa 1 1 γ µ yt y t n t =(1 α)a 1 1 γ k t 1 γ µ yt n t 1 γ 45
47 If F (k t,n t )=F n,t n t + F k,t k t holds then F (k t,n t ) = F n,t n t + F k,t k t µ 1 = αa 1 1 yt γ γ kt +(1 α)a 1 1 γ k t = A γ y γ t [αk 1 1 γ t +(1 α)n 1 1 γ t ] = y t. µ yt n t 1 γ nt Hence y t = A[αk 1 1 γ t +(1 α)n 1 1 γ 1 1 t ] γ Consider the following centrally-planned model with labor y t = c t + i t k t+1 = i t δk t y t = A[αk 1 1 γ t +(1 α)n 1 1 γ 1 1 t ] γ 1 where the objective is to maximize V t = X s=0 β s [ln c t+s + ϕ ln l t+s ], β = 1 1+θ where y t is output, c t is consumption, i t is investment, k t is the capital stock, n t is employment and l t is leisure (l t + n t =1). (a) Derive expressions from which the long-run solutions for consumption, labour and capital may be obtained. (b) What are the implied long-run real interest rate and wage rate? (c) Comment on the implications for labor of having an elasticity of substitution between capital and labor different from unity (d) Obtain the long-run capital-labor ratio. Solution 46
48 (a) This problem is special case of the analysis in Chapter 2 for particular specifications of the utility and production functions. The Lagrangian is L t = X {β s U(c t+s,l t+s )+λ t+s [F (k t+s,n t+s ) c t+s k t+s+1 +(1 δ)k t+s ] s=0 +μ t+s [1 n t+s l t+s ]} which is maximized with respect to {c t+s,l t+s,n t+s,k t+s+1,λ t+s,μ t+s ; s 0}. The first-order conditions are L t c t+s = β s U c,t+s λ t+s =0, s 0 L t l t+s = β s U l,t+s μ t+s =0, s 0 L t n t+s = λ t+s F n,t+s μ t+s =0, s 0 L t k t+s = λ t+s [F k,t+s +1 δ] λ t+s 1 =0, s > 0 The consumption Euler equation for s =1is β U c,t+1 U c,t [F k,t+1 +1 δ] =1 or, in this case, β c t c t+1 [αa 1 1 γ µ yt+1 k t+1 1 γ +1 δ] =1 The long-run static equilibrium solution is therefore y k = A1 γ µ θ + δ Eliminating λ t+s and μ t+s from the first-order conditions for consumption, leisure and employment α γ gives for s =0 ³ ϕ (1 α)a γ yt γ n t = (3) l t c t Consequently, the long-run solution satisfies c 1 n = 1 α ϕ A1 1 γ ³ y n 1 γ (4) 47
49 The solutions for the long-run values c, k, l, n, and y are obtained by solving equations (3) and (4) simultaneously with y = A[αk 1 1 γ +(1 α)n 1 1 γ ] γ y = c + δk l + n = 1 These equations form a non-linear system and do not have a closed-form solution. (b) The implied long-run real wage is w t = F n,t and the long-run real interest rate is r = θ. = (1 α)a 1 1 γ µ yt n t 1 γ (c) The long-run demand for labor is n =(1 α) γ A (1 γ) yw γ Hence the greater the degree of substitutability between capital and labor γ, the more sensitive is the demand for labor to changes in the real wage. The labor share is wn y ³ =(1 w 1 γ α)γ A Consequently, the smaller is the elasticity of substitution, the greater is the share of labor. If γ =1then the share of labor is constant. Note also that an increase in productivity A increases the share of labor if γ>1. (d) From the marginal products for capital and labor the long-run capital-labor ratio can be shown to be k n = αw (1 α)(θ + δ) γ 48
50 Thus, the higher the degree of substitutability γ, the greater is the response of the capital-labor ratio to changes in the rates of return on capital and labor (a) Comment on the statement: "the saddlepath is a knife-edge solution; once the economy departs from the saddlepath it is unable to return to equilibrium and will instead either explode or collapse." (b) Show that although the solution for the basic centrally-planned economy of Chapter 2 is a saddlepath, it can be approximately represented by a stable autoregressive process. Solution (a) This statement reflects a misunderstanding of the nature of the dynamic solution to the DSGE model that often arises when a phase-diagram rather than an algebraic derivation of the solution is used. In fact, the economy cannot explode given the usual assumptions of the DSGE model such as the basic centrally-planned model of Chapter 2. The potential advantage of using a phase diagram is that it may be better able to represent non-linear dynamics than an algebraic solution which, due to its mathematical intractability, is commonly simplified by being formulated in terms of local deviations from long-run equilibrium. The phase diagram depicting the dynamic behavior of the optimal solution for the basic centrally-planned economy in Chapter 2, Figure 10, is 49
51 ct +Δ k t + 1 Δ c = 0 S # c A * c B S Δ k = 0 * k # k k Figure 10 The arrows depict the dynamic behavior of consumption and capital for each point in space (for the positive orthant) and the saddlepath SS shows the saddlepath back to equilibrium at point B (i.e. the stable manifold). The functional form of the saddlepath is in general non-linear. It can also be approximated in the neighborhood of equilibrium (i.e. locally) by a partial adjustment mechanism with a forward-looking long-run solution based on current and expected future values of the exogenous variables. The dynamics of the adjustment to equilibrium following a shock are a first-order autoregressive process. Some examples are given in the Appendix, section The functional form for the saddlepath and all its parameters are derived from the specification of the model s parameters. Change the model parameters and the saddlepath changes, but not its functional form. In contrast, the points in the phase diagram not on the saddlepath are not determined in terms of the model parameters. This is because, given the model, these points are unattainable. Only the points on the saddlepath are attainable. For this reason the arrows usually found in a phase may be misleading. They suggest that if the economy enters the wrong region it could explode or collapse. But, given the model, the economy can t enter such a region, 50
52 and so cannot explode or collapse. Perhaps, therefore, there is less danger of misinterpreting the dynamic behavior of the economy if it is solving algebraically rather than being described using a phase diagram. (b) For the basic centrally-planned economy of Chapter 2 we obtained the local approximation to the dynamic structure of the model as This can be rewritten as c t+1 c k t+1 k = 1+ U 0 F 00 U (1 + θ) U 0 F U θ z t+1 = Az t +(I A)z c t c k t k where z t =(c t, k t ) 0 and z =(c, k ) 0. The matrix A is a function of the parameters of the model, in particular, of the utility and production functions and of c and k. All of these are given. The two eigenvalues of A satisfy the saddlepath property that one is stable and the other is unstable. The eigenvalues were shown to be with 0 <λ 1 < 1 and λ 2 > 1. 1+θ {λ 1, λ 2 }'{ 2+θ + U, 2+θ + U 0 00 F 1+θ 0 F 00 U 00 U 2+θ + U } 0 F U 00 A canonical factorization of A gives A = Q 1 ΛQ where Q is a matrix of eigenvectors and Λ is a diagonal matrix of eigenvalues. Hence, Qz t+1 = QAQ 1 Qz t + Q(I A)Q 1 Qz or w t+1 = Λw t +(I Λ)w where w t =(w 1t, w 2t ) 0 = Qz t and w = Qz. Hence, we have two equations determining two variables: w 1,t+1 = λ 1 w 1t +(1 λ 1 )w 1 w 2,t+1 = λ 2 w 2t +(1 λ 2 )w 2 51
53 As 0 <λ 1 < 1, thefirst equation shows that w 1t follows a stable autoregressive process. As λ 2 > 1, we rewrite the second equation as w 2t = λ 1 2 w 2,t+1 +(1 λ 1 2 )w 2 and solve it forwards to give w 2t = (1 λ 1 2 )Σ s=0λ s 2 w 2 = w 2 It follows that λ 1 0 w t+1 = w t λ 1 0 w 0 1 and so the solutions for consumption and capital are obtained from z t = Q 1 w t or λ 1 0 z t+1 = Q 1 Qz 1 λ 1 0 t + Q 1 Qz Thus, the dynamic paths of consumption and capital (i.e. the saddlepath) may be approximated in the location of equilibrium by a stable first-order vector autoregression in which the parameters Q and λ 1 are obtained from A, and hence the model parameters In continuous time the basic centrally-planned economy problem can be written as: maximize R 0 e θt u(c t )dt with respect {c t, k t } subject to the budget constraint F (k t )=c t +. k t + δk t. (a) Obtain the solution using the Calculus of Variations. (b) Obtain the solution using the Maximum Principle. (c) Compare these solutions with the discrete-time solution of Chapter 2. Solution (a) The generic Calculus of Variations problem is concerned with choosing a path for x t to maximize R 0 f(x t, ẋ t,t)dt where ẋ t = dx t dt the Euler equations) are ft x t d dt ( ft )=0. ẋ t and x t can be a vector. The first order conditions (i.e. 52
54 Consider the Lagrangian for this problem L t = R 0 {e θt u(c t )dt + λ t [F (k t ) c t. k t δk t ]}dt where λ t is the Lagrange multiplier. We therefore define f(x t, ẋ t,t)=e θt u(c t )dt + λ t [F (k t ) c t. k t δk t ] and x t = {c t,k t,λ t } 0.Thefirst-order conditions are Noting that f t d c t dt ( f t ) t = e θt u 0 (c t ) λ t =0 f t d k t dt ( f t k. ) t = λ t [F 0 (k t ) δ]+ λ. t =0 f t d λ t dt ( f t λ. ) t = F (k t ) c t k. t δk t =0. λ t = θe θt u 0 (c t )+e θt d dt [u0 (c t )] = e θt u 0 (c t ){ = λ t { d d dt [u0 (c t )] u 0 (c t ) dt [u0 (c t )] u 0 (c t ) θ} =0, by eliminating the Lagrange multipliers we may obtain from the second first-order condition the θ} fundamental Euler equation d dt [u0 (c t )] u 0 (c t ) = F 0 (k t ) δ θ. In steady-state, when c t is constant, this gives the usual steady-state solution for the capital stock that F 0 (k t )=δ + θ. (b) The Maximum Principle is concerned with choosing {x t,z t } to maximise R 0 f(x t,z t,t)dt subject to the constraint ẋ t(= dxt dt )=g(x t,z t,t) by first defining the Hamiltonian function h(x t,z t,λ t )=f(x t,z t,t)+λ t g(x t,z t,t) The first order conditions are then 53
55 (i) h t x t = λ. t (ii) ht z t =0 (iii) h t λ t = ẋ t The Hamiltonian for this problem is h(x t,z t,λ t )=e θt u(c t )+λ t [F (k t ) c t δk t ] where x t = k t and z t = c t.thefirst-order conditions are therefore (i) h t k t = λ t [F 0 (k t ) δ] =. λ t (ii) h t c t = e θt u 0 (c t ) λ t =0 (iii) h t λ t = F (k t ) c t δk t =. k t These are identical to those we derived using the Calculus of Variations and so we obtain exactly thesamesolution. (c) We have already noted that the steady-state solution for the capital stock is the same in continuous and discrete time. Comparing the Euler equations. For the discrete case Hence β U c,t+1 U c,t [F k,t+1 +1 δ] =1. β[1 + U c,t+1 U c,t ][F k,t+1 +1 δ] =1 or U c,t+1 U c,t = F k,t+1 δ θ F k,t+1 +1 δ which may be compared with d dt [u0 (c t)] u 0 (c t) = F 0 (k t ) δ θ. Apart from the discrete change instead of the continuous derivative on the left-hand side (where the limit is taken from above), the differences on the right-hand side are the timing of capital and the presence of the demoninator. As F k,t+1 δ = r t+1, the net rate of return to capital, and this is θ in the steady-state, the 54
56 denominator is approximately 1+θ. This reveals that it is the different way of discounting in continuous from discrete time, together with the treatment of time itself, that are the main causes of the difference between the two solutions. 55
57 Chapter Re-work the optimal growth solution in terms of the original variables, i.e. without first taking deviations about trend growth. (a) Derive the Euler equation (b) Discuss the steady-state optimal growth paths for consumption, capital and output. Solution (a) The problem is to maximize X β s U(C t+s ) s=0 1 1 σ where U(C t )= C1 σ t, subject to the national income identity, the capital accumulation equation, the production function and the growth of population n: Y t = C t + I t K t+1 = I t δk t Y t = (1+μ) t K α t N 1 α t N t = (1+n) t N 0, N 0 =1 The Lagrangian for this problem written in terms of the original variables is L t = " # X C {β s 1 σ t+s 1 + λ t+s [φ t+s Kt+s α C t+s K t+s+1 +(1 δ)k t+s ]} 1 σ s=0 where φ =(1+μ)(1 + n) (1 α) ' (1 + η) 1 α, η = n + μ 1 α.thefirst-order conditions are Hence the Euler equation is L t = β s Ct+s σ λ t+s =0 s 0 C t+s L t = λ t+s [αφ t+s Kt+s α 1 +1 δ] λ t+s 1 =0 s>0 K t+s β( C t+1 ) σ [αφ t+1 Kt+1 α 1 +1 δ] =1 C t 56
58 (b) The advantage of transforming the variables as in Chapter 3 is now apparent. It enabled us to derive the steady-state solution in a similar way to static models and hence to use previous results. Now we need a different approach. If we assume that in steady state consumption grows at an arbitrary constant rate γ, then the Euler equation can be rewritten β(1 + γ) σ [αφ t+1 K α 1 t+1 +1 δ] =1 Hence the steady-state path of capital is K t = ψ 1 1 α φ 1 1 α t ' ψ 1 1 α (1 + η) t where ψ = (1+θ)(1+γ)σ +δ 1 α. Hence, in steady state, capital grows approximately at the rate η = n + μ 1 α as before. The production function in steady state is Y t = φ t K α t = ψ α 1 α φ 1 1 α t ' ψ α 1 α (1 + η) t Thus output also grows at the rate η. The resource constraint for the economy is Y t = C t + K t+1 δk t In steady state this becomes ψ 1 α α 1 φ 1 α t = C t +(φ 1 α 1 1)ψ 1 1 α φ 1 1 α t δψ α φ 1 α t Hence steady-state consumption is C t = (2 φ 1 1 α + δ)ψ α 1 α φ 1 1 α t ' (2 φ 1 1 α + δ)ψ σ 1 α (1 + η) t 57
59 implying that consumption grows at the same constant rate as capital and output, which confirms our original assumption and shows that γ = η. We recall that, as the growth rates of output, capital and consumption are the same, the optimal solution is a balanced growth path Consider the Solow-Swan model of growth for the constant returns to scale production function Y t = F [e μt K t,e νt N t ] where μ and ν are the rates of capital and labor augmenting technical progress. (a) Show that the model has constant steady-state growth when technical progress is labor augmenting. (b)whatistheeffect of the presence of non-labor augmenting technical progress? Solution (a) First we recall some key results from Chapter 3. The savings rate for the economy is s t =1 Ct Y t = i t,therateofinvestmenti t /Y t. The rate of growth of population is n and of capital is K t+1 K t = s y t k t δ; the growth of capital per capita is k t+1 k t = s y t k t (δ + n) and the capital accumulation equation is k t+1 = sy t (δ + n)k t where y t = Y t /N t and k t = K t /N t. Hence the sustainable rate of growth of capital per capita is γ = k t+1 k t = s y t k t (δ + n) For the given production function and so y t = e μt F [1,e (ν μ)t kt 1 ]=e μt G[e (ν μ)t k 1 k t γ = se μt G[e (ν μ)t k 1 t ] (δ + n) For the rate of growth of capital to be constant we therefore require that yt k t is constant. If μ =0, and hence technical progress is solely labor augmenting, then we simply require that k t = e νt. The rate of growth of capital is then ν + n. t ] 58
60 (b) If μ 6= 0then we have non-labor augmenting technical progress too. Consequently, in general, we then do not obtain a constant steady-state rate of growth. For the rate of growth of capital per capita γ to be constant we require that the function G[.] satisfies e μt G[e (ν μ γ)t ] being constant. If the production function is homogeneous of degree one then this condition holds and non-labor augmenting technical progress would be consistent with steady-state growth. For an example see the next exercise Consider the Solow-Swan model of growth for the production function Y t = A(e μt K t ) α (e νt N t ) β where μ is the rate of capital augmenting technical progress and ν is the rate of labor augmenting technical progress. Consider whether a steady-state growth solution exists under (a) increasing returns to scale, and (b) constant returns to scale. (c) Hence comment on the effect of the degree of returns to scale on the rate of economic growth, and the necessity of having either capital or labor augmenting technical progress in order to achieve economic growth. Solution (a) Increasing returns to scale occurs if α+β >1. Weusethesamenotationasintheprevious exercise, and note that if a steady-state solution exists, then the sustainable rate of growth of capital per capita must satisfy γ = k t+1 k t = s y t k t (δ + n) It follows from the production function and the growth of population N t = e nt that hence y t = Ae [αμ+βν+(α+β 1)n]t k (1 α) t k t γ = sae [αμ+βν+(α+β 1)n]t k (1 α) t (δ + n) 59
61 For the rate of growth of capital per capita to be constant we therefore require that k t = e αμ+βν+(α+β 1)n 1 α t i.e. that γ = αμ + βν +(α + β 1)n 1 α Consequently, a steady-state solution exists for any α + β>0 or any μ, ν > 0, andthisalso satisfies γ = sa (δ + n) which is constant. (b) If there are constant returns to scale α + β =1.Inthiscase γ = sae [αμ+(1 α)ν]t k (1 α) t (δ + n) For the rate of growth of capital per capita to be constant we therefore require that k t = e αμ+(1 α)ν 1 α t i.e. that γ = αμ +(1 α)ν 1 α (c) Comparing the two cases we note that, if there is no technical progress, so that μ = ν =0, then, with non-constant returns to scale, the rate of growth is γ = (α + β 1)n 1 α Hence, γ R 0 as α + β R 1. In other words, even without technical progress, there is positive growth if returns to scale are increasing but, if there are constant returns to scale, then γ =0and so technical progress is required to achieve growth. 60
62 The results in Exercises 3.2 and 3.3 also hold for optimal growth which, in effect, simply adds the determination of the savings rate to the Solow-Swan model. In steady-state growth this is constant. (ii) We have also shown that with a Cobb-Douglas production function it is possible to achieve steady-state growth with a mixture of capital and labor augmenting technical progress, or with just capital and no labor augmenting technical progress Consider the following two-sector endogenous growth model of the economy due to Rebelo (1991) which has two types of capital, physical k t and human h t. Both types of capital are required to produce goods output y t and new human capital i h t.themodelis y t = c t + i k t k t+1 = i k t δk t h t+1 = i h t δh t y t = A(φk t ) α (μh t ) 1 α i h t = A[(1 φ)k t ] ε [(1 μ)h t ] 1 ε where i k t is investment in physical capital, φ and μ are the shares of physical and human capital used in producing goods and α>ε. The economy maximizes V t = Σ s=0β s c 1 σ t+s 1 σ. (a) Assuming that each type of capital receives the same rate of return in both activities, find the steady-state ratio of the two capital stocks (b) Derive the optimal steady-state rate of growth. (c) Examine the special case of ε =0. Solution 61
63 (a) Eliminating y t, i k t and i h t, the Lagrangian for this problem may be written as L t = Σ s=0{β s c1 σ t+s 1 σ + λ t+s[a(φk t+s ) α (μh t+s ) 1 α c t+s k t+s+1 +(1 δ)k t+s ] +γ t+s [A[(1 φ)k t+s ] ε [(1 μ)h t+s ] 1 ε h t+s+1 +(1 δ)h t+s ]} This must be maximized with respect to c t+s, k t+s,h t+s and the Lagrange multipliers λ t+s and γ t+s.thefirst-order conditions are L t c t+s = β s c σ t+s λ t+s =0 s 0 L t k t+s = λ t+s [αφa( φk t+s ) (1 α) +1 δ] λ t+s 1 + γ μh t+s ε(1 φ)a[ (1 φ)k t+s ] (1 ε) =0, s > 0 t+s (1 μ)h t+s L t h t+s = λ t+s (1 α)μa( φk t+s ) α + γ μh t+s {(1 ε)(1 μ)a[ (1 φ)k t+s ] ε +1 δ} γ t+s (1 μ)h t+s 1 =0,s>0 t+s Consider s =1. As each type of capital receives the same rate of return, r t+1 say, then the net marginal products for the two types of capital satisfy φkt+1 (1 α) αφa δ = r t+1 μh t+1 ε (1 φ)kt+1 (1 ε)(1 μ)a δ = r t+1 (1 μ)h t+1 and r t+1 will be constant. From the rates of return, the steady-state ratio of the capital stocks is " k αφ( φ h = μ ) (1 α) [ 1 φ 1 μ ] ε (1 ε)(1 μ) # 1 1+ε α (b) If a steady-state solution exists then c t, k t,h t all grow at the same rate η, say. Fromthe first first-order condition λ t+1 = β(1 + η) σ λ t and γ t+1 = β(1 + η) σ γ t.thelasttwofirst-order conditions can be written as the system of equations aλ t + bγ t = 0 cλ t + aγ t = 0 62
64 where a, b and c are the constants Hence, a = β(1 + r) (1 + η) σ b = βε(1 φ)a 1 r + δ ε (1 ε)(1 μ) α c = β(1 α)μa 1 1 α r + δ 1 α αφ λ t γ t = b a = a c or a = ± bc. Only a depends on η and assuming that β = 1 1+θ η, the steady-state rate of growth of c t, k t,h t,is 1 ε ε we have a ' r θ ση. Hence η ' 1 [r θ a] σ As a is proportional to (r + δ) [ k h would raise η. α 1 α + 1 ε ε ], we can express η as a function just of k h ; a decrease in (c) If ε =0then k t is not required in the production of h t. The consumption Euler equation is then the familiar expression or β µ ct+1 c t β µ ct+1 c t σ (1 + r t+1) =1 σ (αφa( φk t+1 μh t+1 ) (1 α) +1 δ) =1 Thus, the steady-state rate of growth of consumption is η = µ 1 1+r σ 1 1+θ ' 1 (r θ) σ As β = 1 1+θ, then if private saving continues until its rate of return equals that of private capital k, the steady-state growth rate is zero. In contrast, in part (b) due to human capital accumulation, we can have economic growth even if r = θ. 63
65 Chapter The household budget constraint may be expressed in different ways from equation (4.2) where the increase in assets from the start of the current to the next period equals total income less consumption. Derive the Euler equation for consumption and compare this with the solution based on equation (4.2) for each of the following ways of writing the budget constraint: (a) a t+1 =(1+r)(a t + x t c t ), i.e. current assets and income assets that are not consumed are invested. (b) a t + c t = x t + ra t 1, where the dating convention is that a t denotes the end of period stock of assets and c t and x t are consumption and income during period t. c t+s (c) W t = Σ s=0 (1+r) = Σ s s=0 x t+s (1+r) s +(1+r)a t,wherew t is household wealth. Solution (a) The Lagrangian is now defined as X L t = {β s U(c t+s )+λ t+s [(1 + r)(a t+s + x t+s c t+s ) a t+s+1 ]} s=0 The first-order conditions are L t c t+s = β s U 0 (c t+s ) λ t+s (1 + r) =0 s 0 L t a t+s = λ t+s (1 + r) λ t+s 1 =0 s>0 Once again, eliminating λ t+s and setting s =1gives the Euler equation βu 0 (c t+1 ) U 0 (1 + r) =1 (c t ) (b) The Lagrangian is now X L t = {β s U(c t+s )+λ t+s [x t+s +(1+r)a t+s 1 c t+s a t+s ]} s=0 The first-order conditions are L t c t+s = β s U 0 (c t+s ) λ t+s =0 s 0 L t a t+s = λ t+s+1 (1 + r) λ t+s =0 s>0 64
66 Eliminating λ t+s and setting s =1again gives the Euler equation βu0 (c t+1 ) U 0 (c t ) (1 + r) =1. (c) In this case the Lagrangian only has a single constraint, and not a constraint for each period. It can be written as L t = X X β s U(c t+s )+λ t [ s=0 s=0 x t+s c t+s (1 + r) s +(1+r)a t ]} As a t is given, we only require the first-order condition for c t+s,whichis L t = β s U 0 1 (c t+s ) λ t c t+s (1 + r) s =0 s 0 Combining the first-order conditions for s =0and s =1enablesustoeliminateλ t to obtain λ t = βu 0 (c t+1 )(1 + r) =U 0 (c t ) or βu0 (c t+1 ) U 0 (c t ) (1 + r) =1, the same Euler equation as before. We have shown, therefore, that expressing the household s problem in any of these three alternative ways produces the same Euler equation as in Chapter The representative household is assumed to choose {c t,c t+1,...} to maximise V t = P s=0 βs U(c t+s ), 0 <β= 1 1+θ < 1 subject to the budget constraint a t+1 + c t = x t + r t a t where c t is consumption, x t is exogenous income, a t is the (net) stock of financial assets at the beginning of period t and r is the (constant ) real interest rate. (a) Assuming that r = θ and using the approximation U 0 (c t+1) U 0 (c t) =1 σ ln c t+1,showthat optimal consumption is constant. (b) Does this mean that changes in income will have no effect on consumption? Explain. Solution (a) In view of the previous exercise we go straight to the Euler equation which we write as βu 0 (c t+1 ) U 0 (1 + r) =1 (c t ) 65
67 Using the approximation U 0 (c t+1 ) U 0 (c t ) =1 σ ln c t+1 and noting that r = θ, the future rate of growth of consumption along the optimal path is ln c t+1 = r θ σ =0 i.e. optimal consumption is constant. (b) Strictly, this result should be interpreted as saying that the future optimal level of consumption is the same as the curent level of consumption if current and future income are correctly anticipatedinperiodt. In other words, correctly anticipated income has no effect on consumption beyond that already incorporated in current consumption c t. However, if future income is not correctly anticipated then this result no longer holds. In order to analyse this case we should take explicit account of the role of expectations; so far we have ignored the distinction. Thus, we should express the above result as (see Chapter 10) E t c t+1 = c t From the inter-temporal budget constraint, in period t expected optimal consumption is and c t+1 is expected to be Butinfactitis Hence, c t = re t E t c t+1 = re t X s=0 X s=0 c t+1 = E t+1 c t+1 = re t+1 c t+1 E t c t+1 = r X s=0 x t+s (1 + r) s+1 + ra t x t+s+1 (1 + r) s+1 + re ta t+1 X s=0 x t+s+1 (1 + r) s+1 + ra t+1 E t+1 x t+s+1 E t x t+s+1 (1 + r) s+1 + r(a t+1 E t a t+1 ) Because a t+1 is given at the start of period t +1,wehavea t+1 E t a t+1 =0. Thus, any change in the expectation of income between periods t and t +1wouldhaveaneffect on consumption in 66
68 period t +1- and beyond. In particular, consider an unanticipated increase in income solely in period t +1so that E t x t+1 6= E t+1 x t+1 = x t+1. It follows that c t+1 E t c t+1 = r 1+r (x t+1 E t x t+1 ) 6= 0 even though we still have c t+1 E t c t+1 = c t+1 c t. In other words, income can affect optimal consumption; for example, an unanticipated change in future in income will affect consumption. 4.3 (a) Derive the dynamic path of optimal household consumption when the utility function reflects exogenous habit persistence h t and the utility function is U(c t )= (c t h t ) 1 σ. and household budget constraint is a t+1 + c t = x t + ra t. (b) Hence, obtain the consumption function making the assumption that β(1 + r) = 1. Comment on the case where expected future levels of habit persistence are the same as those in the current period, i.e. h t+s = h t for s 0. 1 σ Solution (a) From Exercise 4.1 the Euler equation for this problem is σ ct+1 h t+1 β (1 + r) =1 c t h t or c t+1 h t+1 =[β(1 + r)] 1 σ (ct h t ) Hence consumption follows a simple difference equation. (b) To obtain the consumption function we solve the budget constraint forwards to get Hence, a t = Σ c t+s x t+s s=0 (1 + r) s+1 a t = Σ [x t+s h t+s ] [c t+s h t+s ] s=0 (1 + r) s+1 = Σ x t+s h t+s s=0 (1 + r) s+1 1 r (c t h t ) 67
69 The consumption function is therefore c t = h t + rσ x t+s h t+s s=0 (1 + r) s + ra t If h t+s = h t for s 0, then this reduces to the standard consumption function c t = r 1+r Σ s=0 x t+s (1 + r) s + ra t Derive the behavior of optimal household consumption when the utility function reflects habit persistence of the following forms: (a) U(c t )= (c t γc t 1 ) α(c t γc t 1 ) (b) U(c t )= (ct γct 1)1 σ 1 σ. where the budget constraint is a t+1 + c t = x t + ra t. (c) Compare (b) with the case where U(c t )= (c t h t ) 1 σ 1 σ and h t is an exogenous habitual level of consumption. L t = Solution (a) The Lagrangian is X {β s [ (c t+s γc t+s 1 ) 2 + α(c t+s γc t+s 1 )] + λ t+s [x t+s +(1+r)a t+s c t+s a t+s+1 ]} 2 s=0 The first-order conditions are L t c t+s = β s [α (c t+s γc t+s 1 )] β s+1 γ[α (c t+s+1 γc t+s )] λ t+s =0 s 0 L t a t+s = λ t+s (1 + r) λ t+s 1 =0 s>0 The Euler equation is β[α (c t+s+1 γc t+s )] + β 2 γ[α (c t+s+2 γc t+s+1 )] (1 + r) =1 [α (c t+s γc t+s 1 )]βγ[α (c t+s+1 γc t+s )] From the Euler equation it can be shown that consumption evolves according to a third-order difference equation. 68
70 Introducing the lag operators Lc t = c t 1 and L 1 c t = c t+1, and assuming that β(1 + r) 1, the Euler equation can be written as (1 γl)(1 1 β(1 + r) L)(1 + 1 βγl 1 )c t = α(1 + βγ)(1 β(1 + r) ) Hence there are two stable roots 1 γ and β(1 + r) and one unstable root 1 βγ. The change in consumption therefore has a saddlepath solution. But as the right-hand side is constant, so is the forward-looking component of the solution. This can be seen by writing the solution as (1 γl)(1 1 β(1 + r) L)c 1 t = α(1 + βγ)(1 β(1 + r) )Σ s=0( βγ) s = α(1 1 β(1 + r) ) Consequently, the solution reduces to a stable second-order difference equation. We note that if β(1 + r) =1then the solution has a unit root and the right-hand side is zero, i.e. it is c t+1 = γ c t This solution can also be written as (c t+1 γc t )=0, which is the form in which dynamics are introduced in the utility function. (b) The Lagrangian is now L t = X {β s (c t+s γc t+s 1 ) 1 σ 1 σ s=0 + λ t+s [x t+s +(1+r)a t+s c t+s a t+s+1 ]} and the first-order conditions are L t c t+s = β s (c t+s γc t+s 1 ) σ β s+1 γ(c t+s+1 γc t+s ) σ λ t+s =0 s 0 L t a t+s = λ t+s (1 + r) λ t+s 1 =0 s>0 The Euler equation is therefore β(c t+1 γc t ) σ β 2 γ(c t+2 γc t+1 ) σ (c t γc t 1 ) σ βγ(c t+1 γc t ) σ (1 + r) =1 69
71 This is a nonlinear difference equation which has no closed-form solution. An alternative is to seek a local approximation to the Euler equation which does have a solution. The Euler equation can be re-written in terms of the rate of growth of consumption, η t say. It can then be shown that the Euler equation can be approximated by a second-order difference equation in η t. (c) Comparing these two habit-persistence modelswiththatofexercise4.3, wenotefirst that choosing an exogenous level of habit persistence, as in Exercise 4.3, greatly simplifies the analysis. But, especially in empirical finance, it is common to implement exogenous habit persistence by replacing h t in the Euler equation for Exercise 4.3 by γc t 1. Whilstititmakessensetobase habit persistence on past consumption, it is clear from Exercise 4.4 that this assumption should be introducing from the outset and not after the Euler equation is obtained as the solutions are very different Suppose that households have savings of s t at the start of the period, consume c t but have no income. The household budget constraint is s t+1 = r(s t c t ), 0 <r<1 where r is the real interest rate. (a) If the household s problem is to maximize discounted utility V t = Σ s=0β s ln c t+s where β = 1 1+r, (i)showthatthesolutionisc t+1 = c t (ii) What is the solution for s t? (b) If the household s problem is to maximize expected discounted utility V t = E t Σ s=0 βs ln c t+s (i)showthatthesolutionis 1 c t = E t [ 1 c t+1 ] (ii) Using a second-order Taylor series expansion about c t show that the solution can be written as E t [ c t+1 c t ]=E t [( c t+1 c t ) 2 ] 70
72 solutions. (iii) Hence, comment on the differences between the non-stochastic and the stochastic Solution (a) (i) The Lagrangian is L t = X {β i ln c t+i + λ t+i [(1 + r)s t+i rc t+i s t+i+1 ]} i=0 and the first-order conditions are L t = β i 1 λ t+i r =0 i 0 c t+i c t+i L t = λ t+i (1 + r) λ t+i 1 =0 i>0 s t+i The Euler equation is βc t (1 + r) c t+1 =1 Hence c t+1 = c t. (ii) From the budget constraint, s t = 1 1+r (s t+1 + rc t ) c t+i = rσ i=0 (1 + r) i+1 = c t (b) (i) Introducing conditional expectations and using stochastic dynamic programming gives the result for the Euler equation given in Chapter 10. This is E t [ βu0 (c t+1 ) U 0 (1 + r)] = 1 (c t ) As U(c t )=lnc t, this becomes E t ( 1 c t+1 ) 1 c t β(1 + r) =1 71
73 hence 1 = E t ( 1 ) c t c t+1 (ii) Expanding E t ( 1 c t+1 ) in a second-order Taylor series about c t gives E t ( 1 ) ' 1 1 c t+1 c t c 2 E t (c t+1 c t )+ 1 t c 3 E t (c t+1 c t ) 2 t The Euler equation therefore implies that = 1 c t 1 c t E t ( c t+1 c t )+ 1 c t E t ( c t+1 c t ) 2 E t ( c t+1 c t )=E t ( c t+1 c t ) 2 (iii) The diference between the stochastic and the non-stochastic solutions arises because E t ( 1 c t+1 ) 6= 1 E t (c t+1 ) Suppose that households seek to maximize the inter-temporal quadratic objective function V t = 1 2 E t X s=0 subject to the budget constraint β s [(c t+s γ) 2 + φ(a t+s+1 a t+s ) 2 ], β = 1 1+r c t + a t+1 =(1+r)a t + x t where c t is consumption, a t is the stock of assets and x t is exogenous. (a) Comment on the objective function. (b) Derive expressions for the optimal dynamic behaviors of consumption and the asset stock. (c) What is the effect on consumption and assets of a permanent shock to x t of x? Comment on the implications for the specification of the utility function. (d) What is the effect on consumption and assets of a temporary shock to x t that is unanticipated prior to period t? (e) What is the effect on consumption and assets of a temporary shock to x t+1 that is anticipatedinperiodt? 72
74 Solution (a) The objective function may be regarded as an approximation to the standard problem of maximizing the present value of the discounted utility of consumption where the utility function is approximated by a second-order Taylor series expansion. In the case of x t stationary about a constant value, the optimal solution to the standard problem is a constant level of consumption which is represented by γ and a constant level of assets a t. If the aim is constant assets as here, then from the budget constraint c t = ra t + x t hence, intuitively, for stationary x t E(c t )=γ = re(a)+e(x t ) (b) The solution may be obtained most easily by eliminating the term in the change in the asset stock in the objective function by substitution from the budget constraint. The objective function then becomes V t = 1 X 2 E t β s [(c t+s γ) 2 + φ(ra t+s + x t+s c t+s ) 2 ] s=0 Maximizing this with respect to c t+s and a t+s gives the first-order conditions Hence V t c t+s = β s E t [(c t+s γ) φ(ra t+s + x t+s c t+s )] = 0, s 0 V t a t+s = φβ s re t (ra t+s + x t+s c t+s )=0, s > 0 E t a t+s = 1 r E t(c t+s x t+s ) and so E t c t+s = γ, s 0 E t a t+s = 1 r (γ E tx t+s ), s > 0 73
75 where a t is given. In long-run static equilibrium this implies that E(c) =E(x) =γ and E(a) =0. If x t were growing over time then intuitively the optimal level of consumption would grow with x t. (c)apermanentincreaseinx t unanticipated prior to period t will have no effect on c t which will remain equal to γ. But it will reduce the stock of assets by x r,where x is the permanent change in x t. This is an implausible result. It is due to the constant target of γ for consumption which, as noted, only makes sense if the mean of x t stays constant. A more plausible specification for the utility function would set target consumption at the new mean value of x t,namely,e(x t )+ x. In this case optimal long-run consumption would increase by x and assets would remain unchanged. (d) An unanticipated temporary increase in x t of x t will have no effect on c t but will raise a t+1,a t+2,a t+3,... From the budget constraint a t+1 = (1+r)a t + x t + x t γ a t+2 = (1+r)a t+1 + x t γ = (1+r) 2 a t +(2+r)(x t γ)+(1+r) x t a t+3 = (1+r)a t+1 + x t γ = (1+r) 3 a t + Σ 3 i=0(1 + r) i 1 (x t γ)+(1+r) 2 x t Hence, lim E ta t+n =. Again this makes little sense. n Recalling our previous discussion that a plausible target for consumption is E(x t ) rather than γ, the second term for a t+3 would be zero. It then follows from the budget constraint that a t+1 =(1+r)a t which requires that a t =0, i.e. consumption is entirely from non-asset income and total savings would be zero. The first term for a t+3 is now eliminated. Finally, we note that shocks to x t are a mean zero process. This implies that in the future negative shocks are expected to offset positive shocks implying that on average a t is zero. 74
76 (e) A temporary increase in x t+1 anticipated in period t does not affect consumption as E t c t+s = γ for all s. But it will affect the stock of assets in every period from period t +1. In period t +1 E t a t+1 = 1 r (γ E tx t+1 ) = 1 r (γ x t x) As E t x t+1 = x t,inperiodt +2, from the budget constraint, Similarly, in period t +3 E t a t+2 = (1+r)E t a t+1 + E t x t+2 γ = 1 r (γ x t) 1+r x r E t a t+3 = (1+r)E t a t+2 + E t x t+3 γ = 1 r (γ x t) (1 + r)2 x r Following the logic of parts (c) and (d), γ = x t,a t =0and E( x) =0, hence lim n E ta t+n = Households live for periods t and t+1. The discount factor for period t+1 is β =1.They receive exogenous income x t and x t+1, where the conditional distribution of income in period t+1 is N(x t,σ 2 ), but they have no assets. (a) Find the level of c t that maximises V t = U(c t )+E t U(c t+1 ) if the utility function is quadratic: U(c t )= 1 2 c2 t + αc t, (α >0). (b) Calculate the conditional variance of this level of c t and hence comment on what this implies about consumption smoothing. Solution (a) This problem can be expressed as maximizing V t = 1 2 (c2 t + E t c 2 t+1)+α(c t + E t c t+1 )} 75
77 with respect to c t and c t+1 subject the two-period inter-temporal constraint c t + E t c t+1 = x t + E t x t+1 The Lagrangian is L t = 1 2 (c2 t + E t c 2 t+1)+α(c t + E t c t+1 )+λ(x t + E t x t+1 c t E t c t+1 ) The first-order conditions are L t c t = c t + α λ =0 L t c t+1 = E t c t+1 + α λ =0 Hence,c t = E t c t+1. From the two-period budget constraint, c t = 1 2 (x t + E t x t+1 )=x t Optimal consumption in period t is therefore half cumulated total expected income which is x t. (b) As x t as known in period t, the conditional distribution of c t is N(x t, σ2 4 ). Hence intertemporal optimization has resulted in reducing the volatility of consumption compared with that of income. In other words, consumption smoothing has occurred despite the absence of assets An alternative way of treating uncertainty is through the use of contingent states s t, which denotes the state of the economy up to and including time t, wheres t =(s t,s t 1,...) and there are S different possible states with probabilities p(s t ). The aim of the household can then be expressed as maximizing over time and over all possiblestatesofnaturetheexpecteddiscounted sum of current and future utility Σ t,s β t p(s t )U[c(s t )] subjecttothebudgetconstraintinstates t c(s t )+a(s t )=[1+r(s t )]a(s t 1 )+x(s t ) 76
78 where c(s t ) is consumption, a(s t ) are assets and x(s t ) is exogenous income in state s t.derivethe optimal solutions for consumption and assets. Solution The Lagrangian for this problem is L = Σ t,s {β t p(s t )U[c(s t )] + λ(s t )[(1 + r(s t ))a(s t 1 )+x(s t ) c(s t ) a(s t )]} where λ(s t ) is the Lagrange multiplier in state s t.thefirst-order conditions are L c(s t ) L a(s t ) L λ(s t ) = β t p(s t )U 0 [c(s t )] λ(s t )=0 = λ(s t+1 )[1 + r(s t+1 )] λ(s t )=0 = [1+r(s t )]a(s t 1 )+x(s t ) c(s t ) a(s t )=0 Hence, eliminating the Lagrange multipliers, gives the Euler equation βp(s t+1 )U 0 [c(s t+1 )] p(s t )U 0 [c(s t [1 + r(s t+1 )] = 1 )] We note that p(s t+1 ) p(s t ) = p(s t+1,s t ) p(s t ) = p(s t+1 /s t )=p(s t+1 /s t ) i.e. the conditional probability of s t+1 given s t. Consequently, the right-hand side of the Euler equation is, once more, the conditional expectation given information at time t of the discounted value of one plus the rate of return evaluated in terms of period t utility. The optimal solutions for consumption and assets are therefore as before Suppose that firms face additional (quadratic) costs associated with the accumulation of capital and labor so that firm profits are Π t = Ak α t n 1 α t w t n t i t 1 2 μ( k t+1) ν( n t+1) 2 where μ, ν > 0, the real wage w t is exogenous and k t+1 = i t δk t.iffirms maximize the expected present value of the firm E t [Σ s=0(1 + r) s Π t+s ], 77
79 (a) derive the demand functions for capital and labor in the long run and the short run. (b) What would be the response of capital and labor demand to (i) a temporary increase in the real wage in period t, and (ii) a permanent increase in the real wage from period t? Solution Combining the given information and eliminating i t,thefirm s problem is to maximize V t = E t Σ s=0(1+r) s [Ak α t+sn 1 α t+s w t+s n t+s k t+s+1 +(1 δ)k t+s 1 2 μ( k t+s+1) ν( n t+s) 2 ] The first-order conditions are V t n t+s = E t {(1 + r) s [(1 α)akt+sn α α t+s w t+s ν n t+s ]+(1+r) (s+1) ν n t+s+1 ]} =0, s 0 V t k t+s = E t {(1 + r) s [αakt+s α 1 n 1 α t+s +1 δ + μ k t+s+1 ] (1 + r) (s 1) [1 μ k t+s ]} =0, s > 0 For s =0the labor first-order condition can be written as n t = 1 1+r n t ν [(1 α)akα t n α t w t ] (5) Thus, in steady-state, labour is paid its marginal product F 0 n =(1 α)a µ α k = w n For s =1the first-order condition for capital can be written as k t+1 = 1 1+r k 1 t+2 + μ(1 + r) [αakα 1 t+1 n1 α t+1 δ + r] (6) implying that in steady state capital is paid its net marginal product F 0 k δ = αa µ (1 α) k δ = r n Given r and w we can solve for the steady-state values of k and n from the two long-run conditions. 78
80 In the short run, the dynamic behavior of labor and capital is obtained from equations (5) and (6). Both labor and capital have forward-looking solutions: n t = 1 ν E tσ s=0(1 + r) s [(1 α)ak α t+sn α t+s w t+s ] k t+1 = 1 μ E tσ s=0(1 + r) (s+1) [αak α 1 t+s+1 n1 α t+s+1 δ + r] Thus current changes in labor and capital respond instantly to the discounted sum of expected future departures of their marginal products from their long-run values. And since the marginal products depend on both labor and capital, the two current changes are determined simultaneously. We note that, despite the costs of adjustment of labor and capital, the changes are instantaneous. 79
81 Chapter In an economy that seeks to maximize Σ s=0 βs ln c t+s (β = 1 1+r ) and takes output as given the government finances its expenditures by taxes on consumption at the rate τ t and by debt. (a) Find the optimal solution for consumption given government expendtitures, tax rates and government debt. (b) Starting from a position where the budget is balanced and there is no government debt, analyse the consequences of (i) a temporary increase in government expenditures in period t, (ii) a permanent increase in government expenditures from period t. Solution (a) The national income identity for this economy can be written as y t = c t + g t and the government budget constraint is b t+1 + T t = g t + rb t T t = τ t c t The resource constraint for the economy is therefore y t =(1+τ t )c t + rb t b t+1 The Lagrangian is L t = X s=0 {βs ln c t+s + λ t+s [y t+s (1 + τ t+s )c t+s (1 + r)b t+s + b t+s+1 ]} The first-order conditions are L t = β s 1 λ t+s (1 + τ t+s )=0 s 0 c t+s c t+s L t = λ t+s (1 + r) λ t+s 1 =0 s>0 b t+s 80
82 The Euler equation is therefore βc t (1 + τ t ) (1 + r) =1 c t+1 (1 + τ t+1 ) or, as β = 1 1+r, c t c t+1 (1 + τ t ) (1 + τ t+1 ) =1 In steady-state, when consumption is constant, so are the consumption tax rates. But in the short run, in general, tax rates must vary in order to satisfy the government budget constraint and this will affect consumption. (b) From the government budget constraint we have 1 b t = 1+r [b t+1 + τ t c t g t ] = X µ s+1 1 (τ s=0 t+sc t+s g t+s) 1+r if the transversality condition lim s Σ s=0(1 + r) (s+1) b t+s =0holds. If the initial level of debt is zero and the budget is balanced then 0= X s=1 as g t = τ t c t. From the Euler equation µ s+1 1 (τ t+sc t+s g t+s) 1+r (1 + τ t )c t =(1+τ t+1 )c t+1 Hence, 0 = X s=1 = (1 + τ t)c t r µ s+1 1 [(1 + τ t+s)c t+s c t+s g t+s] 1+r X s=1 µ s+1 1 (c t+s + g t+s) 1+r or, as g t = τ t c t, c t + g t = r X s=1 µ s+1 1 (c t+s + g t+s) 1+r 81
83 And, as y t = c t + g t,withy t given, it follows that for all s 0 an increase in g t+s must be match in each period by an equal reduction in c t+s. But this implies that tax revenues would be cut if tax rates were unchanged. Because the government budget constraint must be satisfied, it follows that either τ t+s,ordebt, or both must increase as τ t+s 1. (i) A temporary increase in g t of g is offset by an equal temporary fall in c t.dependingon thesizeof g, this could be paid for by an increase in τ t of τ if g t + g =(τ t + τ)(c t g) and τ t + τ 1 But debt finance of b = g t + g (τ t + τ)(c t g) wouldberequiredifτ t + τ would otherwise exceed unity. (ii) The general principle established in Chapter 5 that, in order to satisfy the intertemporal budget constraint, a permanent increase in government expenditures must be paid for by additional taxation, puts a constraint on the allowable size of the permanent increase in government expenditures. Assuming a constant level of output and a constant tax rate of τ t in each period, the maximum possible increase in taxes is 1 τ t and hence the maximum increase in government expenditures must satisfy g t + g c t g And as initially g t = τ t c t we obtain or g 1 τ 2τ g t g 1 τ g t 2 τ t 82
84 Hence, the maximum proportional permanent rate of change of government expenditures cannot exceed half the proportional rate of increase in the rate of tax Suppose that government expenditures g t are all capital expenditures and the stock of government capital G t is a factor of production. If the economy is described by y t = c t + i t + g t y t = Ak α t G 1 a t k t+1 = i t δk t G t+1 = g t δg t and the aim is to maximize Σ s=0β s ln c t+s, (a) obtain the optimal solution. (b) Comment on how government expenditures are being implicitly paid for in this problem. Solution (a) The resource constraint is Ak α t G 1 a t = c t + k t+1 (1 δ)k t + G t+1 (1 δ)g t The Lagrangian for this problem is therefore L t = Σ s=0{β s ln c t+s + λ t+s [Ak α t+sg 1 a t+s c t+s k t+s+1 +(1 δ)k t+s G t+s+1 +(1 δ)g t+s } The first-order conditions are L t = β s 1 λ t+s =0, s 0 c t+s c t+s L t = λ t+s [αakt+s α 1 k G1 a t+s +1 δ] λ t+s 1 =0, s > 0 t+s L t = λ t+s [(1 α)ak G t+sg α a t+s +1 δ] λ t+s 1 =0, s > 0 t+s 83
85 The consumption Euler equation for s =1is therefore βc t c t+1 [αak α 1 t+1 G1 a t+1 +1 δ] =βc t+1 c t [(1 α)akt+1g α a t+1 +1 δ] =1 Suppose that in steady state consumption grows at the rate η, and the two types of capital have thesamerateofreturnr t+1 where r t+1 = αak α 1 t+1 G1 a t+1 δ =(1 α)akα t+1g a t+1 δ In steady state, therefore, k G = α 1 α and the steady-state rate of growth of consumption is η = r θ Consequently, if β = 1 1+θ, then growth is zero: private saving is continued until its rate of return is the rate of return to private capital. Government capital expenditures, if optimal, continue until their rate of return is the same as the rate of return on private capital. (b) Government capital expenditures must be paid for by taxes or borrowing. As there is no debt in the model we may assume that taxes are being used instead and, in particular, lump-sum taxes. To make this explicit we could re-write the national income identity so that private saving (income after taxes less total expenditures) equals the government deficit: (y t T t ) c t i t = g t T t 5.3. Suppose that government finances its expenditures through lump-sum taxes T t and debt b t but there is a cost of collecting taxes given by Φ(T t )=φ 1 T t φ 2T 2 t, Φ 0 (T t ) 0 84
86 If the national income identity and the government budget constraint are y t = c t + g t + Φ(T t ) b t+1 + T t = g t + rb t + Φ(T t ) where output y t and government expenditures g t are exogenous, and the aim is to maximize Σ s=0β s U(c t+s ) for β = 1 1+r, (a) find the optimal solution for taxes. (b) What is the household budget constraint? (c) Analyse the effects on taxes, debt and consumption of (i) a temporary increase government expenditures in period t (ii) an increase in output. is Solution (a)takingintoaccountthetwoconstraints,asbothy t and g t are exogenous, the Lagrangian L t = Σ s=0{β s U(c t+s )+λ t+s [y t+s c t+s g t+s φ 1 T t+s 1 2 φ 2T 2 t+s] +μ t+s [g t+s b t+s+1 (1 + r)b t+s T tt+s + φ 1 T t+s φ 2T 2 t+s]} The first-order conditions with respect to consumption, taxes and debt are L t c t+s = β s U 0 (c t+s ) λ t+s =0, s 0 L t T t+s = (φ 1 + φ 2 T t+s )λ t+s μ t+s (1 φ 1 φ 2 T t+s )=0, s 0 L t b t+s = (1+r)μ t+s μ t+s 1 =0, s > 0 It follows that the consumption Euler equation for s =1is βu 0 (c t+1 ) φ 1 + φ 2 T t+1 1 φ 1 φ 2 T t U 0 (1 + r) =1 (c t ) φ 1 + φ 2 T t 1 φ 1 φ 2 T t+1 Recalling that β(1 + r) =1, there are two solutions to the Euler equation: 85
87 (i) c t = c t+1 and T t = T t+1, implying that optimal consumption and taxes are constant. This solution is a general equilibrium version of the partial equilibrium solution of Chapter 5 (see ). (ii) The alternative solution is the dynamic equation U 0 (c t ) 1 = U 0 (c t+1) 1 1 φ 1 +φ 2 T t 1 φ 1 +φ 2 T t+1 (b) The implied household budget constraint is obtained by combining the national income identity and the government budget constraint and is y t T t + rb t = c t + b t+1 (c) We take a constant steady state as the optimal solution in answering part (c) and we re-write the optimal solutions introducing conditional expectations so that c t = E t c t+1 and T t = E t T t+1. (i) Assume that g t = g+ε t,whereε t is the temporary increase in period t. From the government budget constraint As b t is given, it follows that in period t T t must therefore increase by E t ε t+1 =0and E t T t+1 = T t, it follows that b t = T t g t 1+r r E tb t+1 X µ Tt+s g t+s = E t s=0 (1 + r) s+1 = T t r E X t s=0 = T t r g r ε t 1+r T t = g + rb t + g t+s (1 + r) s+1 r 1+r ε t r 1+r ε t in order that the GBC is satisfied. And in period t +1,as b t+1 = T t+1 r 86 g r ε t+1 1+r
88 with From the household budget constraint E t b t+1 = E tt t+1 r = T t r g r g r = b t + ε t 1+r c t = y t T t + rb t b t+1 = y t (g + rb t + r 1+r ε t)+(1+r)b t (b t + ε t 1+r ) = y t g ε t Thus consumption is cut by ε t. This result for consumption could also be obtained directly from the national income identity. (ii) An increase in income, whether temporary or permanent, will raise consumption and have no effect on either taxes or debt Assuming that output growth is zero, inflation and the rate of growth of the money supply are π, thatgovernmentexpendituresongoodsandservicesplustransferslesstotaltaxesequalsz and the real interest rate is r>0, (a) what is the minimum rate of inflation consistent with the sustainability of the fiscal stance in an economy that has government debt? (b) How do larger government expenditures affect this? (c) What are the implications for reducing inflation? Solution (a) We begin by stating the government budget constraint in terms of proportions of GDP (see Chapter 5, section 5.4) P t g t + P th t + (1 + R t)b t = P tt t + B t+1 + M t+1 M t P t y t P t y t P t y t P t y t P t y t P t y t P t y t 87
89 When growth γ t is zero, inflation π t is constant and money grows at the rate π this can be written as where mt y t = m y g t y t + h t y t +(1+R t ) b t y t = T t y t +(1+π) b t+1 y t+1 + π m t y t, a constant. In terms of the ratio of the primary deficit to GDP dt y t this becomes d t y t = g t y t + h t y t T t y t π m t y t = z πm y = (1 + R t ) b t y t +(1+π) b t+1 y t+1 As R>π, we solve the government budget constraint forwards to obtain the sustainability conditions lim n b t y t µ n 1+π b t+n = 0 1+R y t+n 1 1+R 1 R π X s=0 d y = 1 r µ s 1+π ( d t+s ) 1+R y t+s πm z y It follows that, given these conditions, the minimum rate of inflation consistent with fiscal sustainability is π z + rb m This is to ensure that seigniorage revenues are sufficient to pay for government expenditures net of taxes. (b) If government expenditures increase then inflation must be allowed to rise too in order that seigniorage revenues increase to pay for the additional expenditures. (c) Conversely, in order to reduce inflation, either government expenditures must be reduced or tax revenues increased. 88
90 5.5. Consider an economy without capital that has proportional taxes on consumption and labor and is described by the following equations y t = An α t = c t + g t g t + rb t = τ c tc t + τ w t w t n t + b t+1 U(c t,l t ) = lnc t + γ ln l t 1 = n t + l t (a) State the household budget constraint. (b) If the economy seeks to maximize Σ s=0β s U(c t+s,l t+s ),whereβ = 1 1+r,derivetheoptimal steady-state levels of consumption and employment for given g t,b t and tax rates. Solution (a) The household budget constraint can be obtained from the national income identity and the government budget constraint by eliminating g t.itcanbewrittenas y t + rb t =(1+τ c t)c t + τ w t w t n t + b t+1 Or, as household labor income satisfies w t n t = y t, (1 τ w t )w t n t + rb t =(1+τ c t)c t + b t+1 (b) The problem is to maximize inter-temporal utility subject to the national income constraint and the government budget constraint. The Lagrangian for this problem can be written as L t = X s=0 {βs (ln c t+s +γ ln l t+s )+λ t+s [An α t+s (1+τ c t+s)c t+s τ w t+sw t+s n t+s +(1+r)b t+s b t+s+1 ]} 89
91 The first-order conditions are L t = β s 1 λ t+s (1 + τ c c t+s c t+s) =0 s 0 t+s L t = β s γ + λ t+s (αan α 1 t+s τ w n t+s 1 n t+sw t+s )=0 s 0 t+s L t = λ t+s (1 + r) λ t+s 1 =0 s>0 b t+s The consumption Euler equation is therefore βc t (1 + τ c t) c t+1 (1 + τ c + r) =1 t+1 )(1 Consequently, as β = 1 1+r, with constant consumption tax rates, consumption is also constant. From the first-order conditions for consumption and work we obtain the steady-state solution γc (1 n) = αanα 1 τ w w 1+τ c If labor is paid its marginal product then w t = αant α 1,andso γc (1 n) = (1 τ w )w 1+τ c This can be shown to be the same solution that would have been obtained by maximizing Σ s=0β s U(c t+s,l t+s ) subject to the household budget constraint. Solving this together with the household budget constraint gives the solutions for c, l and n. Thus c t = (1 τ w )w + rb (1 + γ)(1 + τ c ) n t = (1 τ w )w γrb (1 + γ)(1 τ w )w 5.6 (a) What is the Ramsey problem of optimal taxation? (b) For Exercise 5 find the optimal rates of consumption and labor taxes by solving the associated Ramsey problem. Solution 90
92 (a) The Ramsey problem is for government to find the optimal tax rates that are consistent with the optimality conditions of households who are taking tax rates as given. (b) From the first-order conditions in the solution to Exercise 5 we have λ t 1 λ t =1+r. The constraint imposed by households on government decisions which take into account the optimality conditions of households can therefore be written as (1 + τ c t)c t + b t+1 =(1 τ w t )w t n t + λ t 1 b t λ t This can be solved forwards to give the inter-temporal constraint λ t 1 b t = X λ t+s[(1 + τ c s=0 t+s )c t+s (1 τ w t+s )w t+sn t+s ] provided the transversality condition lim n λ t+n b t+n+1 =0holds. Using the first-order conditions for consumption and work, and recalling that labor is paid its marginal product, it can be re-written as the implementability condition λ t 1 b t = X s=0 βs (U c,t+s c t+s U l,t+s n t+s ) = X s=0 βs ( 1 γ c t+s + n t+s ) c t+s 1 n t+s = X 1 (1 γ)n t+s s=0 βs 1 n t+s We note that the left-hand side is pre-determined at time t. The government s problem is to maximize the inter-temporal utility of households subject to the implementability condition and the economy s resource constraint. The Lagrangian can be written as L t = X s=0 {βs (ln c t+s + γ ln l t+s )+φ t+s [w t+s n t+s c t+s g t+s ]} +μ[ X s=0 βs γ 1 n t+s λ t 1 b t ] Defining γ V (c t+s,l t+s,μ)=lnc t+s + γ ln l t+s + μ 1 n t+s 91
93 The Lagrangian is then L t = X s=0 {βs V (c t+s,l t+s,μ) +φ t+s [w t+s n t+s c t+s g t+s ]} μλ t 1 b t The first-order conditions for consumption and labor are L t c t+s = β s V c,t+s φ t+s =0 s 0 L t n t+s = β s V l,t+s + φ t+s w t+s =0 s 0 We now consider the implications of these conditions for the optimal choice of the three tax rates. From the first-order conditions and the marginal condition for labor V l,t V c,t = w t = (1 + μ)u l,t + μ(u cl,t c t U ll,t n t ) (1 + μ)u c,t + μ(u cc,t c t U lc,t l t ) = 1+τ c t 1 τ w t = 1+τ c t 1 τ w t U l,t U c,t γc t 1 n t As the utility function is homothetic, i.e. for any θ U c [θc, θl)] U l [θc, θl)] = U c(c, l) U l (c, l) differentiating with respect to θ and evaluating at θ =1gives U cc,t c t U lc,t l t U c,t = U cl,tc t U ll,t l t U l,t Thus V l,t V c,t = U l,t U c,t or 1+τ c t 1 τ w t γc t 1 n t = γc t 1 n t The optimal rates of tax are therefore τ c t = τ w t =0,orτ c t = τ w t. 92
94 Because the government must satisfy its budget constraint g t +(1+r)b t = τ c tc t + τ w t w t n t + b t+1 the optimal solutions imply that it must either use pure debt finance or tax total household saving w t n t c t. The government budget constraint is then g t +(1+r)b t = τ t (w t n t c t )+b t+1 where τ t = τ w t = τ c t. The implication is that, given these assumptions, optimal taxation requires that the excess of household labor income over consumption is taxed. This is not exactly the same as taxing savings as financial assets are not being taxed - at least explicitly. 93
95 Chapter (a) Consider the following two-period OLG model. People consume in both periods but work only in period two. The inter-temporal utility of the representative individual in the first period is U =lnc 1 + β[ln c 2 + α ln(1 n 2 )+γ ln g 2 ] where c 1 and c 2 are consumption and k 1 (which is given) and k 2 are the stocks of capital in periods one and two, n 2 is work and g 2 is government expenditure in period two which is funded by a lump-sum tax in period two. Production in periods one and two are y 1 = Rk 1 = c 1 + k 2 y 2 = Rk 2 + φn 2 = c 2 + g 2 Find the optimal centrally-planned solution for c 1. (b) Find the private sector solutions for c 1 and c 2, taking government expenditures as given. (c) Compare the two solutions. Solution (a) The central planner maximizes U subject to the budget constraints for periods one and two with respect to the implicit budget constraint g 2 = T 2 with respect to c 1,c 2,n 2,k 2 and g 2. The Lagrangian is L =lnc 1 + β[ln c 2 + α ln(1 n 2 )+γ ln g 2 ]+λ(rk 1 c 1 k 2 )+μ(rk 2 + φn 2 c 2 g 2 ) 94
96 The first-order conditions are L c 1 = 1 λ =0 c 1 L c 2 = β μ =0 c 2 L = αβ + μφ =0 n 2 1 n 2 L k 2 = λ + μr =0 L = βγ μ =0 g 2 g 2 Hence c 2 = βrc 1 = φ α (1 n 2)= 1 γ g 2. And from the budget constraint k 2 = c 1 Rk 1.Itremains therefore to solve c 1 and c 2 in terms of k 1.Itcanbeshownthat c 1 = c 2 = φ + R 2 k 1 [1 + β(1 + α + γ)]r β(φ + R 2 k 1 ) 1+β(1 + α + γ) (b) The private sector maximizes U =lnc 1 + β[ln c 2 + α ln(1 n 2 )] subject to its budget constraint which can be derived from the national income identities and the government budget constraint g 2 = T 2. The Lagrangian for this problem is L =lnc 1 + β[ln c 2 + α ln(1 n 2 )] + λ(rk 1 c 1 k 2 )+μ(rk 2 + φn 2 c 2 g 2 ) where g 2 could be replaced with T 2.Thefirst-order conditions are L c 1 = 1 λ =0 c 1 L c 2 = β μ =0 c 2 L = αβ + μφ =0 n 2 1 n 2 L k 2 = λ + μr =0 Hence, once again, c 2 = βrc 1 = φ α (1 n 2) and k 2 = c 1 Rk 1. 95
97 (c) Thus the central planner chooses the same solution as the private sector. The difference is that the central planner also chooses g 2 = γc 2. The reason for the similarities of the solutions is because lump-sum taxes are not distorting. 6.2 Suppose that in Exercise 6.1 the government finances its expenditures with taxes both on labor and capital in period two so that the government budget constraint is g 2 = τ 2 φn 2 +(R R 2 )k 2 where R 2 is the after-tax return to capital and τ 2 is the rate of tax of labor in period two. Derive the centrally-planned solutions for c 1 and c 2. Solution The Lagrangian for the central planner s problem is L = lnc 1 + β[ln c 2 + α ln(1 n 2 )+γ ln g 2 ]+λ(rk 1 c 1 k 2 )+μ(rk 2 + φn 2 c 2 g 2 ) +ν[g 2 τ 2 φn 2 (R R 2 )k 2 ] The first-order conditions are L c 1 = 1 λ =0 c 1 L c 2 = β μ =0 c 2 L = αβ + μφ ντ 2 φ =0 n 2 1 n 2 L k 2 = λ + μr ν(r R 2 )=0 L = βγ μ =0 g 2 g 2 These equations, together with the constraints, form the required necessary conditions. The solutions for c 1 and c 2 canbeshowntobethesameasinexercise (a) Continuing to assume that the government budget constraint is as defined in Exercise 96
98 6.2, find the private sector solutions for c 1 and c 2 when government expenditures and tax rates are pre-announced. (b) Why may this solution not be time consistent? Solution (a) The private sector s solution is obtained by first eliminating g 2 to give the constraint c 2 = R 2 k 2 +(1 τ 2 )φn 2 The inter-temporal utility function is maximized subject to two constraints to give the Lagrangian L = lnc 1 + β[ln c 2 + α ln(1 n 2 )] + λ(rk 1 c 1 k 2 ) +μ[r 2 k 2 +(1 τ 2 )φn 2 c 2 ] The first-order conditions are The solutions are c 2 = βrc 1 = L c 1 = 1 λ =0 c 1 L c 2 = β μ =0 c 2 L = αβ + μ(1 τ 2 )φ =0 n 2 1 n 2 L k 2 = λ + μr 2 =0 L = βγ μ =0 g 2 g 2 (1 τ 2)φ α (1 n 2 ) and k 2 = c 1 Rk 1. Hence, c 1 = RR 2k 1 +(1 τ 2 )φ R 2 + βr(1 + α) c 2 = βr RR 2k 1 +(1 τ 2 )φ R 2 + βr(1 + α) These solutions are different from the solutions for c 1 and c 2 in Exercises 6.1 and 6.2. (b) The solutions depend on the rates of labor tax τ 2 and capital tax R R 2.Asaresult,ifit is optimal for government to change these rates of tax in period two, this would affect the above solution which would not therefore be time consistent. 97
99 6.4 For Exercise 6.3 assume now that the government optimizes taxes in period two taking k 2 as given as it was determined in period one. (a) Derive the necessary conditions for the optimal solution. (b) Show that the optimal labor tax when period two arrives is zero. Is it optimal to taxe capitalinperiodtwo? Solution (a) The government s problem is to maximize U =lnc 2 + α ln(1 n 2 )+γ ln g 2 subject to the two constraints Rk 2 + φn 2 = c 2 + g 2 g 2 = τ 2 φn 2 +(R R 2 )k 2 Taking period one values and k 2 as given, the Lagrangian is L = lnc 2 + α ln(1 n 2 )+γ ln g 2 + λ[rk 2 + φn 2 c 2 g 2 ] +μ[g 2 τ 2 φn 2 (R R 2 )k 2 ] The first-order conditions are L = 1 λ =0 c 2 c 2 L = α + λφ μτ 2 φ =0 n 2 1 n 2 L = γ μ =0 g 2 g 2 The first-order conditions together with the constraints provide the necessary conditions for the solution which has no closed form as the equations are non-linear. (b) Imposing a labor tax would be distorting. But taxing capital would not be distorting as k 2 is given and so cannot be affected by the capital tax. The capital tax, in effect, taxes the rents 98
100 on capital. We also note that, comparing the first-order conditions for c 2 and n 2 in part (a) with those in Exercises 6.1 and 6.2, if τ 2 =0and β = R 2 then we obtain the same relation between c 2 and n 2, namely, c 2 = φ α (1 n 2). From the government budget constraint the optimal rate of capital taxation is R R 2 = g 2 k Consider the following two-period OLG model in which each generation has the same number of people, N. The young generation receives an endowment of x 1 when young and x 2 =(1+φ)x 1 when old, where φ can be positive or negative. The endowments of the young generation grow over time at the rate γ. Each unit of saving (by the young) is invested and produces 1+μ units of output (μ > 0) when they are old. Each of the young generation maximizes ln c 1t r ln c 2,t+1, wherec 1t is consumption when young and c 2,t+1 is consumption when old. (a) Derive the consumption and savings of the young generation and the consumption of the old generation. (b) How do changes in φ, μ, r and γ affect these solutions? (c) If φ = μ how does this affect the solution? Solution (a) Let s 1 denote the savings of the young generation. The budget constraint when young in period t is c 1t + s 1 = x 1 and when old in period t +1is c 2,t+1 = x 2 +(1+μ)s 1 = (1+φ)x 1 +(1+μ)[x 1 c 1t ] This provides an inter-temporal budget constraint. The problem, therefore, is to maximize intertemporal utility subject to the inter-temporal budget constraint. 99
101 The Lagrangian is The first-order conditions are L =lnc 1t r ln c 2,t+1 + λ[c 2,t+1 (1 + φ)x 1 (1 + μ)[x 1 c 1t ] L = 1 + λ(1 + μ) =0 c 1t c 1t L c 2,t+1 = λ =0 1+r c 2,t+1 and the Euler equation is c 2,t+1 c 1t 1+r 1+μ =1 It follows from the inter-temporal budget constraint and the Euler equation that consumption of the young in period t and when old in period t +1are c 1t = = (2 + φ + μ)(1 + r) x 1 (1 + μ)(2 + r) 1+φ 1+ 1+μ 1+ 1 x 1 1+r c 2,t+1 = 1+μ 1+r c 1t = 2+φ + μ x 1 2+r Because the endowment of the young increases over time at the rate γ, the general solution for period t + i (i 0) is c 1,t+i = (1 + γ)i (2 + φ + μ)(1 + r) x 1 (1 + μ)(2 + r) c 2,t+i+1 = 1+μ 1+r c 1,t+i = (1 + γ)i (2 + φ + μ) 2+r x 1 (b) It follows that the greater is φ, the larger is consumption in both periods as resources are greater. The greater is μ, the smaller is consumption when young but the larger is consumption when old. In contrast, the greater is r, the larger is consumption when young and the smaller is 100
102 consumption when old. Thus changes in φ and r cause inter-temporal substitutions in different directions. γ determines the rate of growth of consumption over time both when young and old as it increases resources over time. (c) If φ = μ then consumption of the young in period t and when old in period t +1are c 1t = c 2,t+1 = 2(1 + r) (2 + r) x 1 2(1 + μ) 2+r x 1 Hence, consumption when young is now unaffected by either φ or μ, but consumption when old is now increased by a larger φ = μ. 101
103 Chapter An open economy has the balance of payments identity x t Qx m t + r f t = f t+1 where x t is exports, x m t is imports, f t is the net holding of foreign assets, Q is the terms of trade and r is the world rate of interest. Total output y t is either consumed at home c h t or is exported, thus y t = c h t + x t. Total domestic consumption is c t ; y t and x t are exogenous. (a) Derive the Euler equation that maximises P s=0 βs ln c t+s with respect to {c t,c t+1,...; f t+1,f t+2,...} where β = 1 1+θ. (b) Explain how and why the relative magnitudes of r and θ affect the steady-state solutions of c t and f t. (c) Explain how this solution differs from that of the corresponding closed-economy. (d) Comment on whether there are any benefits to being an open economy in this model. (e) Obtain the solution for the current account. (f) What are the effects on the current account and the net asset position of a permanent increase in x t? Solution (a) The main difference between this problem and the basic problem of Chapter 7 is that output is exogenous. Consequently the national income identity is y t = c t + x t Qx m t and the balance of payments may be re-written as y t c t + r f t = f t
104 The Lagrangian is therefore L = X {β s ln c t+s + λ t+s [y t+s c t+s f t+s+1 +(1+r )f t+s ]}. s=0 The first-order conditions with respect to {c t+s,f t+s+1 ; s 0} are L c t+s = β s 1 c t+s λ t+s =0 s 0 L f t+s = λ t+s (1 + r ) λ t+s 1 =0 s>0 plus the balance of payments. The open-economy Euler equation is therefore (b) The Euler equation may be re-written as βc t c t+1 (1 + r )=1. c t+1 c t = 1+r 1+θ which shows how optimal consumption will evolve in the future. Optimal consumption will therefore grow, stay constant or decline according as r T θ. From the balance of payments the optimal net asset position therefore evolves as f t+1 = y t c t +(1+r )f t = Σ s i=0(1 + r ) s i y t+i (1 + r )Σ s i=0β i c t +(1+r )f t. Whether net assets grow, stay constant or decline depends on the future behavior of y t and on whether r T θ. Consider the leading case where y t+s = y t and r = θ. There is then a steadystate level of net assets which is In other words, f = f t = y t+1 c t+1 r. c t = y t + r f t. If r θ then a steady state solution requires that y t grows at the same rate as consumption, namely, r θ. 103
105 (c) In a closed economy the net foreign asset position f t is replaced in the steady-state solution for consumption by the stock of domestic assets. (d) A benefit of being an open rather than a closed economy is that the stock of domestic assets must be non-negative whereas net foreign assets may be positive or negative. Having negative foreign assets implies that the economy is borrowing from abroad. This allows an economy to finance a negative current account balance, and hence better smooth consumption, than an economy that has to correct its current account deficit - possibly sharply - by reducing consumption through a cut in imports. This was a common feature of the Bretton Woods period when there were controls on foreign capital movements and policy was "stop-go" which increased the volatility of business cycle fluctuations. (e)thecurrentaccountis ca t = x t Qx m t + r f t = y t c t + r f t. This is also the steady-state solution for the current account described above. (f) A permanent increase in exports x t is equivalent in its effect on consumption to a permanent increase in income. This causes a permanent increase in consumption, but does not affect the current account as there is also a permanent increase in imports Consider two countries which consume home and foreign goods c H,t and c F,t. Each period thehomecountrymaximizes U t = hc σ 1 σ H,t i + c σ 1 σ σ 1 σ F,t and has an endowment of y t units of the home produced good. The foreign country is identical and its variables are denoted with an asterisk. Every unit of a good that is transported abroad has 104
106 a real resource cost equal to τ so that, in effect, only a proportion 1 τ arrives at its destination. P H,t isthehomepriceofthehomegoodandp H,t is the foreign price of the home good. The corresponding prices of the foreign good are P F,t and PF,t. All prices are measured in terms of a common unit of world currency. (a) If goods markets are competitive what is the relation between the four prices and how are the terms of trade in each country related? (b) Derive the relative demands for home and foreign goods in each country. (c) Hence comment on the implications of the presence of transport costs. Note: This Exercise and the next, Exercise 7.3, is based on Obstfeld and Rogoff (2000). Solution (a) If markets are competitive and there are costs to trade which are borne by the importer (i.e. with producer pricing) then the home price of the home good is lower than its price abroad. Ifgoodsarbitrageholdsthisimpliesthat P H,t = (1 τ)p H,t (1 τ)p F,t = P F,t. Given that the terms of trade for the home and foreign economies is Q T,t = P F,t P H,t respectively, it follows that and Q T,t = P F,t P, H,t Q T,t =(1 τ) 2 Q T,t (b) Each country maximizes utility in period t subject to their budget constraint. Ignoring all assets, as the problem is for one period, the budget constraint for the home country is P H,t y t = P H,t c H,t + P F,t c F,t which can be re-written as y t = c H,t + Q T,t c F,t 105
107 where Q T,t = P F,t P H,t is the terms of trade. The Lagrangian for the home country is therefore L = hc σ 1 σ H,t i + c σ 1 σ σ 1 σ F,t + λ t (y t c H,t Q T,t c F,t ) and the first-order conditions are L c H,t = L c F,t = Ut c H,t Ut c F,t 1 σ λt =0 1 σ λt Q T,t =0 Hence, c H,t c F,t = Q σ T,t = µ σ PF,t P H,t For the foreign country the corresponding expression is c H,t c F,t = Q σ T,t = à P F,t P H,t! σ = (1 τ) 2σ Q σ T,t (c) First, from Q T,t =(1 τ)2 Q T,t,thegreaterisτ, the more the terms of trade differ between the two countries. If there are no transport costs then the terms of trade are the same. Second, as the ratio of expenditures on domestic goods to imports in each country is µ ch,t Q T,t c F,t à / c F,t Q T,t c H,t! =(1 τ) (1 σ), the greater is τ, the higher is the proportion of total expenditures on domestic goods. Obstfeld and Rogoff suggest that this may help explain home bias in consumption Suppose the model in Exercise 7.2 is modified so that there are two periods and intertemporal utility is V t = U(c t )+βu(c t+1 ) 106
108 where c t = hc σ 1 σ H,t i + c σ 1 σ 1 σ σ F,t. Endowments in the two periods are y t and y t+1. Foreign prices PH,t and P F,t and the world interest rate are assumed given. The first and second period budget constraints are P H,t y t + B = P H,t c H,t + P F,t c F,t = P t c t P H,t+1 y t+1 (1 + r )B = P H,t+1 c H,t+1 + P F,t+1 c F,t+1 = P t+1 c t+1, where P t is the general price level, B is borrowing from abroad in world currency units in period t and r is the foreign real interest rate. It is assumed that there is zero foreign inflation. (a) Derive the optimal solution for the home economy, including the domestic price level P t. (b) What is the domestic real interest rate r? Does real interest parity exist? (c) How is r related to τ? Solution (a) The budget constraints imply that the indebted country repays its debt in period t +1 and hence must export home production in period t +1. Eliminating B from the budget constraints gives the two-period inter-temporal constraint for the home country P H,t+1 y t+1 +(1+r )P H,t y t = P H,t+1 c H,t+1 + P F,t+1 c F,t+1 +(1+r )(P H,t c H,t + P F,t c F,t ). We now maximise V t subject to this constraint. The Lagrangian is L = U ½ h c σ 1 σ H,t i ¾ ½ + c σ 1 σ σ 1 h σ F,t + βu c σ 1 σ H,t+1 + c σ 1 σ F,t+1 i ¾ σ σ 1 +λ[p H,t+1 y t+1 +(1+r )P H,t y t P H,t+1 c H,t+1 P F,t+1 c F,t+1 (1 + r )(P H,t c H,t + P F,t c F,t )] and the first-order conditions for i = H, F are Ut L c i,t = L c i,t+1 = β 1 σ λ(1 + r )P i,t =0 c i,t Ut+1 c i,t σ λpi,t+1 =0.
109 Hence the relative expenditures on home and foreign goods is From total expenditure P H,t c H,t P F,t c F,t = µ PH,t P F,t 1 σ. 1 = P H,tc H,t P t c t = P F,tc F,t P t c t = P F,tc F,t P t c t + P F,tc F,t P t c t 1+ P H,tc H,t P F,t c F,t " 1+ µ PH,t P F,t # 1 σ. Hence, c F,t c t = P 1 σ H,t P 1 σ F,t + P 1 σ F,t P t P F,t. From the consumption index 1 = = ch,t " c t P 1 σ H,t σ 1 σ P 1 σ H,t + + P 1 σ F,t cf,t c t P t P H,t σ 1 σ # σ 1 σ + " P 1 σ H,t P 1 σ F,t + P 1 σ F,t P t P F,t # σ 1 σ. Thus P t = h P 1 σ H,t i 1 + P 1 σ 1 σ F,t. The solution for total consumption is obtain from the Euler equation for c t and the inter-temporal budget constraint βu 0 (c t+1 )(1 + r ) U 0 (c t ) =1 P H,t+1 y t+1 +(1+r )P H,t y t = P t+1 c t+1 +(1+r )P t c t. (b) If r is the foreign real interest rate and r is the domestic real interest rate then nominal interest parity implies that is 1+r =(1+r ) P t P t+1 108
110 i.e. there is real interest parity only if domestic inflation is also zero. (c) If the home country borrows in period t andrepaysinperiodt +1 then it must export part of its production in period t +1.Asaresult,P H,t =(1 τ)p H,t but P H,t+1 =(1 τ)p H,t+1. As foreign prices are constant Hence, r τ 1+r = (1+r ) P t = (1+r ) = (1+r ) P t+1 h P 1 σ H,t i 1 + P 1 σ 1 σ F,t h P 1 σ H,t+1 + P 1 σ F,t+1 i 1 1 σ h (1 τ)p H,t 1 σ + P 1 σ F,t ³ P H,t 1 τ 1 1 σ 1 σ + P 1 σ F,t i 1 1 σ < 0. Thus, the higher are transport costs, the lower is the domestic real interest rate Suppose the "world" is compromised of two similar countries where one is a net debtor. Each country consumes home and foreign goods and maximizes V t = X s=0 β s (cα H,t+s c1 α F,t+s )1 σ 1 σ subject to its budget constraint. Expressed in terms of home s prices, the home country budget constraint is P H,t c H,t + S t P F,t c F,t + B t+1 = P H,t y H,t + R t B t where c H,t is consumption of home produced goods, c F,t is consumption of foreign produced goods, P H,t is the price of the home country s output which is denoted y H,t and is exogenous, P F,t is the price of the foreign country s output in terms of foreign prices, and B t isthehomecountry s borrowing from abroad expressed in domestic currency which is at the nominal rate of interest R t and S t is the nominal exchange rate. Interest parity is assumed to hold. (a) Using an asterisk to denote the foreign country equivalent variable (e.g. c H,t is the foreign country s consumption of domestic output), what are the national income and balance of payments identities for the home country? 109
111 (b) Derive the optimal relative expenditure on home and foreign goods taking the foreign country - its output, exports and prices - and the exchange rate as given. (c) Derive the price level P t for the domestic economy assuming that c t = c α H,t+s c1 α F,t+s. (d) Obtain the consumption Euler equation for the home country. (e) Hence derive the implications for the current account and the net foreign asset position. Comment on the implications of the home country being a debtor nation. (f) Suppose that y t <y t and both are constant, that there is zero inflation in each country, R t = R and β = 1 1+R. Show that c t <c t if B t 0. Solution (a) Home country s nominal national income identity is P H,t y t = P H,t (c H,t + c F,t). Its nominal balance of payments is therefore P H,t c F,t S t P F,t c F,t R t B t = B t+1. Assuming interest parity, the foreign country s balance of payments in foreign prices is therefore P F,t c F,t S 1 t PH,tc F,t R t St 1 B t = St 1 B t+1. (b) The home country maximizes V t subject to its budget constraint which can be written as P H,t y t P H,t c H,t S t P F,t c F,t (1 + R t )B t + B t+1. The Lagrangian is therefore L = ( ) X β s (cα H,t+s c1 α F,t+s )1 σ + λ t+s [P H,t+s y t+s P H,t+s c H,t+s S t+s P F,t+s c F,t+s (1 + R t+s )B t+s + B t+s+1 ] 1 σ s=0 110
112 and the first-order conditions for the home country are L = β s αc α(1 σ) 1 H,t+s c (1 α)(1 σ) F,t+s λ t+s P H,t+s =0 s 0 c H,t+s L = β s (1 α)c α(1 σ) H,t+s c c F,t+s (1 α)(1 σ) 1 λ t+s S t+s P F,t+s =0 s 0 F,t+s L = λ t+s (1 + R t+s )+λ t+s 1 =0 s>0. B t+s It follows that c H,t = α S t P F,t c F,t 1 α P H,t where StPF,t P H,t is the terms of trade. The relative expenditure on home and foreign goods is therefore P H,t c H,t = α S t P F,t c F,t 1 α. (c) Total nominal expenditure on goods for the home economy is P t c t = P H,t c H,t + S t P F,t c F,t. Hence and the general price level is P t c t S t P F,t c F,t = 1 1 α P t = P α H,t (S tp F,t ) 1 α α α (1 α) 1 α. (d) Noting that c t = c α H,t+s c1 α F,t+s and that P tc t = P H,t c H,t + S t P F,t c F,t we can obtain hence the Euler equation can be written as L c t+s = β s c σ t+s λ t+sp t+s =0 s 0 σ ct P t β (1 + R t+1 )=1. c t+1 P t+1 (e) As the foreign country is the same P H,t c H,t St 1 PF,t c F,t = α 1 α 111
113 P F,t = PH,t and P H,t = PF,t, the current account balance is P H,t c F,t S t P F,t c F,t R t B t = 1 α α S tp H,t(c H,t c H,t ) R t B t = B t+1. In addition, if the two countries are the same - including having the same levels of output - then c H,t = c H,t. Hence, in the absence of asymmetric country shocks, B t =0, i.e. net foreign assets are zero. But if, for example, the home country starts with net debt is repaying the debt, then c H,t = c H,t + α 1 1 α S t PH,t [ B t+1 R t B t ] < c H,t. If output is constant and the home country fails to maintain its consumption below that of the foreign country then it will have a permanent current deficit, its current account position will be unsustainable and its debt will accumulate. Home output growth could, however, make a permanent current account deficit sustainable. (f) As there is zero inflation in each country, R t = R and β = 1 1+R, it follows from the Euler equation that c t is constant and hence c H,t and c F,t are also constant. The corresponding foreign variables are also constant. Moreover, all of the prices are constant. From the home country s budget constraint P H y Pc (1 + R)B t = B t+1 or Hence, 1 B t = 1+R [B t+1 + P H y Pc] = Σ P H y Pc i=0 (1 + R) i+1 = P Hy Pc. R c = P H P y RB t P 112
114 where and P H P µ 1 α = αα (1 α) 1 α PH SPH c = P H P y + R S 1 B t P PH P = α α (1 α) 1 α µ PH SP H 1 α. Thus c >cif B t For the model described in Exercise 7.4, suppose that there is world central planner who maximizes the sum of individual country welfares: " # X (c α W t = β s H,t+s c 1 α F,t+s )1 σ + [(c H,t+s )α (c F,t+s )1 α ] 1 σ. 1 σ 1 σ s=0 (a) What are the constraints in this problem? (b) Derive the optimal world solution subject to these constraints where outputs and the exchange rate are exogenous. (c)comment on any differences with the solutions in Exercise 7.4. Solution (a) There are two national income identities P H,t y t = P H,t (c H,t + c F,t) P H,t y t = P H,t (c H,t + c F,t) the balance of payments P H,t c F,t S t P F,t c F,t R t B t = B t+1 and P F,t = PH,t and P H,t = PF,t. Combining these through the balance of payments gives the single constraint P H,t y t P H,t c H,t S t P H,ty t + S t P H,tc H,t R t B t = B t
115 L = (b) The Lagrangian is " X [c α {β s H,t+s (yt+s c H,t+s )1 α ] 1 σ 1 σ s=0 # + [(c H,t+s )α (y t+s c H,t+s ) 1 α ] 1 σ 1 σ +λ t+s [P H,t+s y t+s P H,t+s c H,t+s S t+s P H,t+sy t+s + S t+s P H,t+sc H,t+s (1 + R t )B t+s + B t+s+1 ]} which is maximized with respect to c H,t+s, c H,t+s and B t+s. Thefirst-order conditions are L = β s αc α(1 σ) 1 H,t+s (yt+s c c H,t+s) (1 α)(1 σ) β s (1 α)(c H,t+s) α(1 σ) (y t+s c H,t+s ) (1 α)(1 σ) 1 H,t+s λ t+s P H,t+s = 0 s 0 L c H,t+s = β s (1 α)c α(1 σ) H,t+s (y t+s c H,t+s) (1 α)(1 σ) 1 + β s α(c H,t+s) α(1 σ) 1 (y t+s c H,t+s ) (1 α)(1 +λ t+s S t+s P H,t+s = 0 s 0 It follows that L B t+s = λ t+s (1 + R t+s )+λ t+s 1 =0 s>0. c c H,t H,t c F,t c H,t + α 1 α c H,t c H,t 1 α α ³ c H,t c H,t α(1 σ) ³ cf,t c F,t ³ c H,t c H,t α(1 σ) ³ cf,t c F,t (1 α)(1 σ) (1 α)(1 σ) = α 1 α S t P H,t P H,t (c) Previously in Exercise 7.4 we obtained c H,t = α S t P F,t = α S t PH,t. c F,t 1 α P H,t 1 α P H,t If the countries are identical then c H,t = c H,t and c F,t = c F,t and the two expressions are the same. 114
116 Chapter Consider an economy in which money is the only financial asset, and suppose that households hold money solely in order to smooth consumption expenditures. The nominal household budget constraint for this economy is P t c t + M t+1 = P t y t where c t is consumption, y t is exogenous income, P t is the price level and M t is nominal money balances. (a) If households maximize Σ s=0 βs U(c t+s ), derive the optimal solution for consumption. (b) Compare this solution with the special case where β =1and inflation is zero. (c) Suppose that in (b) y t is expected to remain constant except in period t +1 when it is expected to increase temporarily. Examine the effect on money holdings and consumption. (d) Hence comment on the role of real balances in determining consumption in these circumstances. Solution (a) The Lagrangian for this problem can be written X L = {β s U(c t+s )+λ t+s [P t+s y t+s + M t+s M t+s+1 P t+s c t+s ]} s=0 where, for illustrative purposes, we have not used the real budget constraint. The first-order conditions are This gives the consumption Euler equation L c t+s = β s U 0 t+s λ t+s P t+s =0 s 0 L M t+s = λ t+s λ t+s 1 =0 s>0. βu 0 t+1 U 0 t P t P t+1 =1. 115
117 Assuming that β = 1 1+θ,andusingπ t+1 = Pt+1 P t and the approximation we obtain U 0 t+1 U 0 t ' 1 σ t c t+1 σ t = c t+1 cu 00 t U 0 t c t > 0 ' θ + π t+1. c t σ Hence a steady-state in which consumption is constant requires a negative inflation rate of π t+1 = θ. As a result there would be a positive return to holding money, the only vehicle for savings in this economy. (b) If β =1and π t+1 =0then π t+1 = θ =0,whichsatisfies constant steady-state consumption. From the real budget constraint c t +(1+π t+1 )m t+1 m t = y t where m t = M t P t. Consumption therefore satisfies c t = y t m t+1 + m t. Hence a steady-state requires that m t+1 =0and c t = y t. (c) If y t+1 = y + y and y t+s = y for s 6= 1,thenc t, m t and m t+1 are unaffected but c t+1 = y + y m t+2 + m t. Since optimal consumption is constant, an unexpected increase in income in period t +1 affects only the stock of money which increases permanently in period t +2to m t+2 = m t + y. (d) This implies that if there is a zero discount rate and zero inflation, an increase in real balances has no effect on steady-state consumption. 116
118 8.2. Suppose that the nominal household budget constraint is B t+1 + M t+1 + P t c t = P t x t + R t B t where c t is consumption, x t is exogenous income, B t is nominal bond holding, M t is nominal money balances, P t is the general price level, m t = M t /P t and R t is a nominal rate of return. (a) Derive the real budget constraint. (b) Comment on whether or not this implies that money is super-neutral in the whole economy. (c) If households maximize V t = Σ s=0β s U(c t+s,m t+s ) where the utility function is U(c t,m t )= h i c α 1 σ t m1 α t α α (1 α) 1 α 1 σ obtain the demand for money. Solution (a) The real budget constraint is obtained by deflating the nominal budget constraint by the general price level P t. The real budget constraint is therefore P t+1 B t+1 + P t+1 M t+1 M t + c t = x t +(1+R t ) B t P t P t+1 P t P t+1 P t P t or (1 + π t+1 )b t+1 +(1+π t+1 )m t+1 m t + c t = x t +(1+R t )b t where b t = B t P t,m t = M t P t and π t+1 = P t+1 P t is the inflation rate. (b) Money is super-neutral if an increase in the nominal money supply has no real effects in steady state. The real budget constraint in steady state is c = x +(R π)b πm. 117
119 This depends on a nominal variable - inflation - and appears to show that real consumption is reduced by the presence of an "inflation tax", πm. This is not, however, the full story as the inflation tax also enters the government budget constraint - as tax revenues - and reduces other taxes - such as lump-sum taxes - one-for-one. As a result, in full general equilibrium the inflation tax does not affect real consumption and so money is super-neutral in the economy as a whole. Money would not be super-neutral if, for example, there were additional costs associated with supplying money or with collecting the inflation tax. For further details see Chapter 8. (c) We have shown in Chapter 8 that maximising V t = P 0 βs U(c t+s,m t+s ) subject to the real household budget constraint gives the Lagrangian X β s U(c t+s,m t+s )+λ t+s [x t+s +(1+R t+s )b t+s + m t+s L = s=0 (1 + π t+s+1 )(b t+s+1 + m t+s+1 ) c t+s ] for which the first-order conditions are L c t+s = β s U c, t+s λ t+s =0 s 0 L b t+s = λ t+s (1 + R t+s ) λ t+s 1 (1 + π t+s )=0 s>0 L m t+s = β s U m, t+s + λ t+s λ t+s 1 (1 + π t+s )=0 s>0 which gives U m,t+1 = U c,t+1 R t+1 from which we may obtain the long-run demand for money. For the utility function in this question this specializes to (1 α)c α(1 σ) (1 α)(1 σ) 1 t+1 m t+1 [α α (1 α) 1 α ] 1 σ = αc α(1 σ) 1 t+1 m (1 α)(1 σ) t+1 R t+1 [α α (1 α) 1 α ] 1 σ. Hence, the demand for money is m t+1 = 1 α α c t+1 R t+1. If bonds are risk free then R t+1 is known at time t Consider a cash-in-advance economy with the national income identity y t = c t + g t 118
120 and the government budget constraint B t+1 + M t+1 + P t T t = P t g t + R t B t where c t is consumption, y t is exogenous national income, B t is nominal bond holding, M t is nominal money balances, P t is the general price level, m t = M t /P t,t t are lump-sum taxes, R t is a nominal rate of return and the government consumes a random real amount g t = g + e t where e t is an independently and identically distributed random shock with zero mean. (a) If households maximize Σ s=0β s ln c t+s where β = 1 1+θ, derive the optimal solutions for consumption and money holding. (b) Comment on how a positive government expenditure shock affects consumption and money holding. (c) Is money super-neutral in this economy? Solution (a) Eliminating g t and writing the cash-in advance constraint as m t = c t, enables the real household budget constraint to be written as (1 + π t+1 )b t+1 +(1+π t+1 )c t+1 + T t = y t +(1+R t )b t. The Lagrangian is therefore X L = s=0 β s ln c t+s + λ t+s [y t+s +(1+R t+s )b t+s + (1 + π t+s+1 )(b t+s+1 + c t+s+1 ) T t+s ]. The first-order conditions are This gives the Euler equation L c t+s = β s U c, t+s λ t+s 1 (1 + π t+s )=0 s 0 L b t+s = λ t+s (1 + R t+s ) λ t+s 1 (1 + π t+s )=0 s>0. βc t 1+R t =1. c t+1 1+π t+1 119
121 Hence consumption is constant in steady-state if r t = R t π t+1 = θ. From the budget constraint, and assuming for convenience that R t and π t are constant with r = R π>0, b t = 1+π 1+R (b t+1 + c t+1 )+ 1 1+R (T t y t ) = c t r + 1 T t+s y t+s 1+R Σ s=0 (1 + r) s. Hence c t = m t = r y t+s T t+s 1+R Σ s=0 (1 + r) s + rb t which is the permanent income from after-tax income plus interest earnings. In steady-state, therefore, c = m = 1 (y T )+rb. 1+π (b) From the national income identity, a government expenditure shock e t implies that y t = c t + g + e t = y +(c t c)+e t. If national income is fixed then consumption (and money holdings) fall as c t c = e t. But if national income increases then c t = m t = c + r 1+R [c t c + e t (T t T )]. It follows that c t c = r 1+π [e t (T t T )]. Thus if the temporary increase in government expenditures is tax financed then there is no effect on consumption or money holdings. But if it is not tax financed then consumption and money holdings increase by c t c = r 1+π e t. 120
122 (c) An increase in the nominal money stock raises the general price level one-for-one in this economy leaving real money balances, consumption and output unaffected, and so money is superneutral Suppose that some goods c 1,t must be paid for only with money M t and the rest c 2,t are bought on credit L t using a one period loan to be repaid at the start of next period at the nominal rate of interest R + ρ, wherer is the rate of interest on bonds which are a savings vehicle. The prices of these goods are P 1t and P 2t. If households maximize Σ s=0 (1 + R) s U(c t+s ) subject to their budget constraint, where U(c t )=lnc t, c t = (a) derive the expenditures on cash purchases relative to credit. cα 1,t c1 α 2,t α α (1 α) 1 α, and income y t is exogenous, (b) Obtain the optimal long-run solutions for c 1,t and c 2,t when exogenous income y t is constant. (c) Comment on the case where there is no credit premium. Solution (a) For cash-only goods there is a cash-in-advance constraint M t = P 1t c 1t and for credit goods L t+1 = P 2t c 2t. The nominal budget constraint is M t+1 + B t+1 +(R + ρ)l t + P t c t = P t y t + RB t + L t+1 and total expenditure is P t c t = P 1t c 1t + P 2t c 2t. The budget constraint can therefore be re-written as B t+1 + P 1,t+1 c 1,t+1 +(1+R + ρ)p 2,t 1 c 2,t 1 = P t y t +(1+R)B t. The Lagrangian is L = X {(1 + c α 1,tc 1 α s=0 R) s 2,t ln α α (1 α) 1 α + λ t+s[p t+s y t+s +(1+R t+s )B t+s B t+s+1 P 1,t+s+1 c 1,t+s+1 (1 + R + ρ)p 2,t+s 1 c 2,t+s 1 ]}. 121
123 The first-order conditions are L = (1+R) s α λ t+s 1 P 1,t+s =0 s 0 c 1,t+s c 1,t+s L = (1+R) s 1 α λ t+s+1 (1 + R + ρ)p 2,t+s =0 s 0 c 2,t+s c 2,t+s L = λ t+s (1 + R) λ t+s 1 =0 s>0. B t+s The ratio of cash to credit is therefore M t = P 1tc 1t = α 1+R + ρ L t+1 P 2t c 2t 1 α (1 + R) 2. Thus, the larger the premium on credit ρ, or the lower the rate of interest R, the greater cash purchases relative to credit purchases. (b) The Euler equations are P 1,t+1 c 1,t+1 P 1t c 1t = P 2,t+1c 2,t+1 P 2t c 2t =1. Hence nominal expenditures are constant. From the budget constraint B t = 1 1+R [B t+1 + P 1,t+1 c 1,t+1 +(1+R + ρ)p 2,t 1 c 2,t 1 P t y t ] = 1 R [P 1tc 1t +(1+R + ρ)p 2t c 2t P t y t ] = 1 R +(1 α)(1 + R)2 [α P 1t c 1t P t y t ]. α Thus P 1t c 1t = P 2t c 2t = α α +(1 α)(1 + R) 2 (P ty t + B t ) (1 α)(1 + R) 2 [α +(1 α)(1 + R) 2 ](1 + R + ρ) (P ty t + B t ). (c) If there is no credit premium then M t L t+1 /(1 + R) = α 1 α. 122
124 The discounted cost of borrowing is therefore equal to the cost of using cash and so the shares of cash and credit just reflect the form of the consumption index Suppose that an economy can either use cash-in-advance or credit. Compare the long-run levels of consumption that result from these choices for the economy in Exercise 8.4 when there is a single consumption good c t. Solution (i) Cash-in advance The budget constraint is B t+1 + P 1,t+1 c t+1 = P t y t +(1+R)B t and the Lagrangian is L = X {(1 + s=0 R) s ln c t+s + λ t+s [P t+s y t+s +(1+R t+s )B t+s B t+s+1 P t+s+1 c t+s+1 }. The first-order conditions are The Euler equation is L = (1+R) s 1 λ t+s 1 P t+s =0 s 0 c t+s c t+s L = λ t+s (1 + R) λ t+s 1 =0 s>0. B t+s P t+1 c t+1 P t c t =1. Hence, from the budget constraint, the long-run level of consumption is c t = y + R B P. (ii) Credit 123
125 The budget constraint is now B t+1 +(1+R + ρ)p t 1 c t 1 = P t y t +(1+R)B t and the Lagrangian is L = X {(1 + s=0 R) s ln c t+s + λ t+s [P t+s y t+s +(1+R t+s )B t+s B t+s+1 (1 + R + ρ)p t+s 1 c t+s 1 ]}. The first-order conditions are L = (1+R) s 1 α λ t+s+1 (1 + R + ρ)p t+s =0 s 0 c t+s c t+s L = λ t+s (1 + R) λ t+s 1 =0 s>0. B t+s The Euler equation is again P t+1 c t+1 P t c t =1. Hence from the budget constraint the long-run level of consumption is c t = y + R B P 1+R + ρ <y+ RB P. It follows that consumption is lower when credit is used instead of cash and, the greater the credit premium, the larger the disparity Consider the following demand for money function which has been used to study hyperinflation m t p t = α(e t p t+1 p t ), α>0 where M t = nominal money, m t =lnm t, P t =pricelevelandp t =lnp t. (a) Contrast this with a more conventional demand function for money, and comment on why it might be a suitable formulation for studying hyper-inflation? 124
126 (b) Derive the equilibrium values of p t and the rate of inflation if the supply of money is given by m t = μ + ε t where μ>0 and E t [ε t+1 ]=0. (c) What will be the equilibrium values of p t if (i) the stock of money is expected to deviate temporarily in period t +1 from this money supply rule and take the value m t+1, (ii) the rate of growth of money is expected to deviate permanently from the rule and from period t +1grow at the rate υ. Solution (a) A more conventional demand function for money includes the nominal interest rate as an argument rather than expected inflation. From the Fisher equation, the nominal interest rate equals the nominal interest rate plus expected inflation. In hyper-inflationexpectedinflation is very large relative to the real interest rate then the nominal interest rate can be closely approximated by expected inflation, as in the Cagan money demand function. (b) The money demand function can be solved for the price level to give the forward-looking equation p t = α 1+α E tp t α m t. Solving forwards gives p t = µ n α E t p t+n + 1 µ s α 1+α 1+α Σn 1 s=0 E t m t+s. 1+α Hence, as n, p t = 1 µ s α 1+α Σ s=0 E t m t+s. 1+α As m t = μ + ε t m t+s = m t + sμ + Σ s i=1ε t+i 125
127 and so E t m t+s = m t + sμ and, as Σ s=0 θs s = θ (1 θ) 2 for θ < 1, p t = µ s 1 α 1+α Σ s=0 (m t + sμ) 1+α = m t + μ. Therateofinflation is p t = m t = μ + ε t. (c) (i) If E t m t+1 = m t+1, then p t = µ s 1 α 1+α Σ s=0 E t m t+s 1+α = α m t + αμ + (1 + α) 2 [m t+1 m t μ] (ii) If E t m t+s = m t + ν + ε t+1 for ṡ>0 then p t = µ s 1 α 1+α Σ s=0 E t m t+s 1+α = m t + αν. 126
128 Chapter Consider an economy that produces a single good in which households maximize V t = X s=0 subject to the nominal budget constraint β s ln c t+s φ ln n t+s + γ ln M t+s, β = 1 P t+s 1+r P t c t + B t+1 + M t+1 = P t d t + W t n t + RB t. where c consumption, n is employment, W is the nominal wage rate, d is total real firm net revenues distributed as dividends, B is nominal bond holdings, R is the nominal interest rate, M is nominal money balances, P is the price level and r is the real interest rate. Firms maximize thepresentvalueofnominalnetrevenues X Π t = (1 + r) s P t+s d t+s s=0 where d t = y t w t n t, the real wage is w t = W t /P t and the production function is y t = A t n α t. (a) Derive the optimal solution on the assumption that prices are perfectly flexible. (b) Assuming that inflation is zero, suppose that, following a shock, for example, to the money supply, firms are able to adjust their price with probability ρ, and otherwise price retains its previous value. Discuss the consequences for the expected price level following the shock. (c) Suppose that prices are fully flexible but the nominal wage adjusts to shocks with probability ρ. What are the consequences for the economy? Solution The Lagrangian for households in real terms is X (1 + r) s [ln c t+s φ ln n t+s + γ ln m t+s ] L = s=0 +λ t+s [d t+s + w t+s n t+s +(1+R)b t+s + m t+s c t+s (1 + π t+s+1 )b t+s+1 (1 + π t+s+1 )m t+s+1 ] 127
129 where b t = Bt P t, m t = Mt P t and the inflation rate π t+1 = Pt+1 P t.thefirst-order conditions are L = (1+r) s 1 λ t+s =0 s 0 c t+s c t+s L = (1 + r) s φ + λ t+s w t+s =0 s 0 n t+s n t+s L = (1+r) s γ λ t+s λ t+s 1 (1 + π t+s )=0 s>0 m t+s m t+s L = λ t+s (1 + R) λ t+s 1 (1 + π t+s )=0 s>0. b t+s The consumption Euler equation is (1 + r) 1 c t c t+1 1+R 1+π t+1 = c t c t+1 =1 which implies that optimal consumption is constant if inflation is constant. The supply of labor is given by n t = φ c t w t and will also be constant if w t is constant. The demand for real money is c t m t = γ 1+R. The firm, maximizes nominal net revenues X Π t = (1 + r) s P t+s (A t+s n α t+s w t+s n t+s ) s=0 for which the first-order condition is Hence the demand for labor is and dividends are Π t n t+s =(1+r) s P t+s [α y t+s n t+s w t+s ]=0. n t = α y t w t d t = y t w t n t =(1 α)y t. 128
130 In steady state the rate of inflation and all real variables are constant. From the real household budget constraint the solutions for consumption, labor and money are c = y + rb πm = φ πγ c + rb α 1+R c rb = 1 φ α + πγ. 1+R It is then straightforward to find the steady-state values of the other variables. The price level may be obtained from the money market equation m = γ 1+R when P = 1+R M γ c. As markets clear and prices are perfectly flexible the long-run demands for goods and labor equal their long-run supplies in each period. This is the standard benchmark case. c (b) If prices are perfectly flexible, a shock to the level of the money supply will affect the price level and the nominal wage but not the real variables. But if prices are not perfectly flexible there will be real effects. If firms can adjust their prices with a probability of ρ, which is less than unity then, if inflation is zero, the expected price level in period t following a temporary shock of ε to the money supply is EP t = ρpt +(1 ρ)p where the fully flexible price P t is P t = α y n 1+R M t γ c = P + 1+R γ Hence the expected price level under imperfect price flexibility is EP t = P + ε c. (1 ρ)(1 + R) ε γ c 129
131 where EP t >P but EP t <P t. (c) If prices are fully flexible but the nominal wage is not then the expected nominal wage is EW t = ρw t +(1 ρ)w where the fully flexible nominal wage W t is Hence the expected nominal wage is Wt = φ P t c φ(1 + R) = n γ φ(1 + R) ε = W + γ n. EW t = W + (1 ρ)φ(1 + R) γ M t n ε n where EW t >W but EW t <W t. This suggests that the expected real wage EW t P t under imperfect wage flexibility will be lower than the fully flexible real wage. This would create an incentive for firms to increase output and employment but would inhibit the supply of labor. In this way monetary policy could have a temporary real effect on the economy Consider an economy where prices are determined in each period under imperfect competition in which households have the utility function U[c t,n t (i)] = ln c t η ln n t (i) with i =1, 2. Total household consumption c t is obtained from the two consumption goods c t (1) and c t (2) through the aggregator c t = c t(1) φ c t (2) 1 φ φ φ (1 φ) 1 φ and n t (1) and n t (2) are the employment levels in the two firms which have production functions y t (i) =A it n t (i) 130
132 and profits Π t (i) =P t (i)y t (i) W t (i)n t (i) where P t (i) is the output price and W t (i) is the wage rate paid by firm i. If total consumption expenditure is P t c t = P t (1)c t (1) + P t (2)c t (2) (a) Derive the optimal solutions for the household, treating firm profits as exogenous. (b) Show how the price level for each firm is related to the common wage W t and comment on your result. Solution (a) The household budget constraint is P t c t = P t (1)c t (1) + P t (2)c t (2) = W t (i)n t (i)+π t (1) + Π t (2) if each household holds an equal share in each firm. Households maximize utility in each period using the Lagrangian L = µ ct (1) φ c t (2) 1 φ ln φ φ η ln n t (i) (1 φ) 1 φ +λ t [W t (i)n t (i)+π t (1) + Π t (2) P t (1)c t (1) P t (2)c t (2)]. The first-order conditions are L c t (1) L c t (2) L n t (i) = φ 1 c t (1) λ tp t (1) = 0 1 = (1 φ) c t (2) λ tp t (2) = 0 = η 1 n t (i) + λ tw t (i) =0, i =1, 2. In addition L c t = 1 c t λ t P t =0. 131
133 This gives P t (1)c t (1) P t (2)c t (2) = φ 1 φ. From the consumption index Hence c t (1) c t = φ φ (1 φ) 1 φ µ Pt (2) = φ P t (1) c t (2) c t = (1 φ) 1 φ µ Pt (1) P t (2) µ 1 φ µ ct (1) φ = φ φ (1 φ) 1 φ P t (2) c t (2) 1 φ P t (1) φ. P t = P t (1) c t(1) c t = P t (1) φ P t (2) 1 φ. + P t (2) c t(2) c t 1 φ The levels of employment satisfy W t (1)n t (1) = η P t (1)c t (1) φ W t (2)n t (2) η = P t (2)c t (2) 1 φ W t (i)n t (i) = η, 1=1, 2. P t c t If labour markets are competitive then W t (i) =W t, the common wage rate. Hence, total employment is n t = n t (1) + n t (2) = 2η P tc t W t. (b) Each firm maximizes its profits subject to the demand for its product as given by the relations c t(i) c t above. Because c t (i) = y t (i) = A it n t (i), the first-order condition of Π t (i) = P t (i)y t (i) W t (i)n t (i) with respect to c t (i) is dπ t (i) dc t (i) = P t(i)+ P t(i) c t (i) c dn t (i) t(i) W t dc t (i) =0. 132
134 As dc t (i) dn t (i) c t (1) P t (1) c t (2) P t (2) = dy t(i) dn t (i) = A it = (1 φ) c t(1) P t (1) = φ c t(2) P t (2) we obtain P t (1) = (1 φ) W t A 1t P t (2) = φ W t A 2t. Hence an increase in W t has different effects on firm prices due to a demand factor - their elasticity in the consumption index - and a supply factor - the productivity of labor in each firm Consider a model with two intermediate goods where final output is related to intermediate inputs through y t = y t(1) φ y t (2) 1 φ φ φ (1 φ) 1 φ and the final output producer chooses the inputs y t (1) and y t (2) to maximize the profits of the final producer Π t = P t y t P t (1)y t (1) P t (2)y t (2) where P t is the price of final output and P t (i) are the prices of the intermediate inputs. Intermediate goods are produced with the production function y t (i) =A it n t (i) α where n t (i) is labour input and the intermediate goods firms maximize the profit function Π t (i) =P t (i)y t (i) W t n t (i) 133
135 where W t is the economy-wide wage rate. (a) Derive the demand functions for the intermediate inputs. (b) Derive their supply functions. (c) Hence examine whether there is an efficiency loss for total output. Solution (a) The demand functions for the intermediate goods are derived from the decisions of the final producer. Profits for the final producer are therefore Π t = P t y t (1) φ y t (2) 1 φ φ φ (1 φ) 1 φ P t(1)y t (1) P t (2)y t (2). The first-order conditions for maximizing profits are Π t y t (1) Π t y t (2) = P t φ y t y t (1) P t(1) = 0 = P t (1 φ) y t y t (2) P t(2) = 0. Hence the demands for the inputs are and y t (1) = φ P t P t (1) y t y t (2) = (1 φ) P t P t (2) y t P t = P t (1) φ P t (2) 1 φ. (b) The supply of intermediate goods is obtained from maximizing the profits of the intermediate goods firms taking the demand for their outputs as derived above. For the first intermediate good producer profits can be written as Π t (1) = φp t y t W t n t (1) = φp t A 1t n t (1) α 1 W t n t (1). 134
136 Maximising Π t (1) with respect to n t (1), takingp t and y t as given, yields n t (1) = φ P t W t y t y t (1) = A 1t [φ P t W t y t ] α P t (1) = A 1 α 1t y t (1) 1 α α Wt. Similarly for good two n t (2) = (1 φ) P t W t y t y t (2) = A 2t [(1 φ) P t W t y t ] α P t (2) = A 1 α 1t y t (2) 1 α α Wt. (c) Total output is derived from the outputs of the intermediate goods as Total employment is y t (1) = A 1t n t (1) α = φ P t P t (1) y t y t (2) = A 2t n t (2) α =(1 φ) P t P t (2) y t. n t = n t (1) + n t (2) = µ φpt y t A 1t P t (1) 1 α + µ (1 φ)pt y t A 2t P t (2) 1 α. This gives a relation between the output of the final good and aggregate employment which can be written as y t = v t n α t v t = " µ 1 φ α µ 1 # α 1 φ α + (P t y t ) 1. A 1t P t (1) A 2t P t (2) If v t < 1 then there is an efficiency loss in the use of labor in producing the final output as compared with intermediate outputs. 135
137 9.4. Consider pricing with intermediate inputs where the demand for an intermediate firm s output is µ φ Pt (i) y t (i) = y t P t its profit is Π t (i) =P t (i)y t (i) C t (i) and its total cost is C t (i) = φ 1 φ ln[p t(i)y t (i)]. (a) Find the optimal price P t (i) if the firm maximizes profits period by period while taking y t and P t as given. (b) If instead the firm chooses a price which it plans to keep constant for all future periods and hence maximizes Σ s=0 (1 + r) s Π t+s (i), derive the resulting optimal price P t (i) #. (c) What is this price if expressed in terms of P t (i)? (d) Hence comment on the effect on today s price of anticipated future shocks to demand and costs. Solution (a) The profit function is µ φ Pt (i) Π t (i) =P t (i) y t φ µ φ 1 φ ln[p Pt (i) t(i) y t ] The first-order condition for maximizing profits is Π t (i) P t (i) P t µ Pt (i) =(1 φ) P t P t φ y t φ 1 P t (i) =0 Hence the optimal price is µ φ Pt (i) = 1 φ P φ t yt φ. 136
138 (b) Maximizing V t, the present value of profits, and keeping P t (i), the prices of intermediate goods, constant for all future periods, implies that V t = Σ s=0 (1 + r) s Π t+s (i) = µ φ Σ s=0(1 + r) s Pt (i) [P t (i) y t φ µ φ 1 φ ln[p Pt (i) t(i) y t+s]. The first-order condition is Hence, the optimal price is P t+s V t P t (i) = Σ s=0(1 + r) s [(1 φ) P # t (i) = µ Pt (i) P t+s P t+s φ y t+s φ 1 P t (i) ]=0. µ 1 1 φ 1 φ 1 1 φ r Σ s=0 (1 + r) (s+1) P φ 1 φ t+s y t+s. (c) Expressed in terms of P t (i) we obtain P # t (i) = 1 1 r Σ s=0(1 + r) (s+1) Pt+s(i) (1 φ) 1 φ. (d) It follows that anticipated future shocks to demand and costs will affect future prices P t+s(i) (s >0) and hence the current price P # t (i) Consider an economy with two sectors i =1, 2. Each sector sets its price for two periods but does so in alternate periods. The general price level in the economy is the average of sector prices: p t = 1 2 (p 1t + p 2t ), hence p t = 1 2 (p# it + p# i+1,t 1 ). In the period the price is reset it is determined by the average of the current and the expected future optimal price: p # it = 1 2 (p it + E t p i,t+1 ), i =1, 2. The optimal price is assumed to be determined by p it p t = φ(w t p t ),where w t is the wage rate. (a) Derive the general price level if wages are generated by w t = e t,wheree t is a zero mean i.i.d. process. Show that p t can be given a forward-looking, a backward-looking and a univariate representation. 137
139 (b) If the price level in steady state is p, how does the price level in period t respond to an unanticipated shock in wages in period t? (c) How does the price level deviate from p in period t in response to an anticipated wage shock in period t +1? Solution (a) It follows that p # it = 1 2 [(1 φ)(p t + E t p t+1 )+φ(w t + E t w t+1 )] p # i+1,t 1 = 1 2 [(1 φ)(p t 1 + E t 1 p t )+φ(w t 1 + E t 1 w t )] hence p t = 1 4 [(1 φ)(p t 1 + E t 1 p t + p t + E t p t+1 )+φ(w t 1 + E t 1 w t + w t + E t w t+1 )]. Let ε t = p t E t 1 p t and e t = w t E t 1 w t then p t = 1 4 [(1 φ)(p t 1 + p t ε t + p t + E t p t+1 )+φ(w t 1 + w t e t + w t + E t w t+1 )]. Or, introducing the lag operator Lx t = x t 1 and L 1 = E t x t+1, [1 1 2 (1 φ) 1 4 (1 φ)(l + L 1 )]p t = 1 4 (1 φ)ε t +[ 1 2 φ φ(l + L 1 )]w t 1 4 φe t. If 1 >φ> 1 3,then (1 φ) 1 4 (1 φ)(l + L 1 )= 1 4 (1 φ)(l λ 1)(L λ 2 )L 1, where (L λ 1 )(L λ 2 ) L=1 = [1 1 2 (1 φ) 1 4 (1 φ)(l + L 1 )]L 1 4 (1 φ) L=1 = Hence we have a unique saddlepath solution. If we let λ 1 > 1 and λ 2 < 1 then 1 4 φ < 0. (1 φ) 1 4 (1 φ)λ 1(1 λ 1 1 L)(1 λ 2 L 1 )p t = 1 4 (1 φ)ε t +[ 1 2 φ φ(l + L 1 )]w t 1 4 φe t, 138
140 or p t = 1 λ 1 p t 1 1 λ 1 ε t φ λ 1 (1 φ) [w t 1 w t + e t +(2+λ 2 + λ 1 2 )Σ s=0λ s 2E t w t+s ]. Thus, in general, p t is forward-looking. p t can, however, be given a backward-looking representation using the fact that w t = e t. This implies that E t w t+s = w t and therefore It follows that p t = 1 λ 1 p t 1 1 λ 1 ε t φ(2 + λ 2 + λ 1 2 ) λ 1 (1 φ)(1 λ 2 ) w t. ε t = p t E t 1 p t Hence the price level is generated by the process = 1 λ 1 ε t φ(2 + λ 2 + λ 1 2 ) λ 1 (1 φ)(1 λ 2 ) e t φ(2 + λ 2 + λ 1 2 ) = (1 + λ 1 )(1 φ)(1 λ 2 ) e t. p t = 1 λ 1 p t 1 φ(2 + λ 2 + λ 1 2 ) λ 1 (1 φ)(1 λ 2 ) [w t + λ 1 1+λ 1 e t ]. p t can also be given a univariate representation. As w t = e t, p t can be re-written as the ARIMA(1,1,1) process p t = 1 λ 1 p t 1 φ(2 + λ 2 + λ 1 2 ) λ 1 (1 φ)(1 λ 2 ) [e t + λ 1 1+λ 1 e t ] (b) From w t = w t 1 + e t, an unanticipated shock e t in period t causes the price in period t to be p t = p φ(2 + λ 2 + λ 1 2 ) λ 1 (1 φ)(1 λ 2 ) (1 + λ 1 1+λ 1 )e t. The last term gives the required effect. 139
141 (c) From w t+1 = w t + e t+1,wheree t+1 is known in period t, p t = 1 p t 1 1 φ ε t λ 1 λ 1 λ 1 (1 φ) [w t 1 w t + e t +(2+λ 2 + λ 1 2 )Σ s=0λ s 2E t w t+s ] = 1 p t 1 φ(2 + λ 2 + λ 1 2 ) λ 1 λ 1 (1 φ)(1 λ 2 ) [w t + λ 1 e t + λ 2 e t+1 ] 1+λ 1 = p φ(2 + λ 2 + λ 1 2 )λ 2 e t+1 λ 1 (1 φ) Again the last term gives the required effect. 140
142 Chapter (a) Suppose that a consumer s initial wealth is given by W 0, and the consumer has the option of investing in a risky asset which has a rate of return r or a risk-free asset which has a sure rate of return f. If the consumer maximizes the expected value of a strictly increasing, concave utility function U(W ) by choosing to hold the risky versus the risk-free asset, and if the variance of the return on the risky asset is V (r), find an expression for the risk premium ρ that makes the consumer indifferent between holding the risky and the risk-free asset. (b) Explain how absolute risk aversion differs from relative risk aversion. (c) Suppose that the consumer s utility function is the hyperbolic absolute risk aversion (HARA) function U(W )= 1 σ σ σ αw 1 σ + β, α > 0, β>0, ;0<σ<1. Discuss how the magnitude of the risk premium varies as a function of wealth and the parameters α, β, and σ. Solution (a) If the investor holds the risk-free asset then EU(W )=U[W o (1 + f)]. If the investor holds the risky asset then for the investor to be indifferent between holding the risky and risk-free asset requires the risk premium ρ to satisfy EU[W ]=EU[W 0 (1 + r)] = U[W o (1 + f)]. Expanding EU[W 0 (1 + r)] about r = f + ρ we obtain E[U(W )] ' U[W 0 (1 + f + ρ)] W 2 0 E(r f ρ) 2 U 00. Expanding U[W 0 (1 + f + ρ)] about ρ =0we obtain U[W 0 (1 + f + ρ)] ' U[W 0 (1 + f)] + W 0 ρu
143 Noting that E(r f ρ) 2 ' V (r), Hence the risk premium is approximately 00 W0U where U 0 E[U(W )] ' U[W o (1 + f)] + W 0 ρu 0 + W 2 0 ρ ' V (r) W 0 U 00 2 U 0. is the coefficient of relative risk aversion. V (r) 2 U 00. (b) The coefficient of absolute risk aversion is defined by U 00 risk aversion (CRRA) is WU00 00 cu U if utility is a function of wealth - or 0 U 0 U 0 whereas the coefficient of relative if utility is a function of consumption. In general, whereas the CRRA is independent of wealth the CARA is not. (c) For the HARA utility function U 0 = U 00 = U W 1 σ + β α U [ W 1 σ + β α ]2 CRRA = W 0U 00 W 0 U 0 =[ 1 σ + β α ] 1. This shows that the CRRA depends on wealth. It follows that the risk premium is ρ ' V (r) W 0 U 00 2 U 0 = V (r) 2 W 0 W 0 1 σ + β α The risk premium increases the larger is W 0 and α and the smaller are β and σ. The HARA utility function therefore implies that the risk premium depends on wealth. Power utility, which has a constant CRRA, does not depend on wealth Consider there exists a representative risk-averse investor who derives utility from current and future consumption according to U = Σ θ s=0β s E t U(c t+s ), 142
144 where 0 <β<1 is the consumer s subjective discount factor, and the single-period utility function has the form U(c t )= c1 σ t 1 1 σ, σ 0. The investor receives a random exogenous income of y t and can save by purchasing shares in a stock or by holding a risk-free one-period bond with a face-value of unity. The ex-dividend price of the stock is given by P S t in period t. The stock pays a random stream of dividends D t+s per share held at the end of the previous period. The bond sells for Pt B in period t. (a) Find an expression for the bond price that must hold at the investor s optimum. (b) Find an expression for the stock price that must hold at the investor s optimum. Interpret this expression. (c) Derive an expression for the risk premium on the stock that must hold at the investor s optimum. Interpret this expression. Solution (a) The problem can be re-written as involving the recursion U t = U(c t )+βe t U t+1 and solved using stochastic dynamic programming. Let the number of shares held during period t be N S t and the number of bonds be N B t. At the start of each period the investor can sell the stocks held over the previous period as well as receiving the dividends on these shares. The investor s nominal budget constraint can therefore be expressed as P S t N S t + P B t N B t + P t c t = P t y t +(P S t + D t )N S t 1 + N B t 1 where P t is the general price level. Maximizing U t with respect to {c t+s,n S t+s,n B t+s} subject to the budget constraint gives the following first-order condition U t c t = U t c t + βe t ( U t+1 c t )=0 143
145 where U t+1 c t = U t+1 c t+1 c t+1 c t = U t+1 c t+1 c t+1 c t P t = c σ t+1 Pt B P t+1 and ct+1 c t is obtained from the budget constraints for periods t and t +1as c t+1 c t = NB t c t+1 c t Nt B = P t Pt B 1 P t+1. Hence, U t c t = c σ t The consumption Euler equation is therefore P t βe t [c σ t+1 Pt B ]=0. P t+1 E t β( c t+1 ) σ P t c t Pt B =1. P t+1 It follows that the bond price can be expressed as P B t = E t β( c t+1 ) σ P t. c t P t+1 The expression β( ct+1 c t ) σ P t P t+1 is known as the pricing kernel. (b) Alternatively we may obtain c t+1 c t from c t+1 c t = NS t c t+1 c t Nt S = P t Pt S P S t+1 + D t+1 P t+1, It then follows that the Euler equation can be written as To evaluate this we re-write it as E t β( c t+1 ) σ P t(p S t+1 + D t+1 ) c t Pt S =1. P t+1 E t β( c t+1 ) σ P t P S t+1 + D t+1 c t P t+1 Pt S =1. 144
146 As E t [X t+1 Y t+1 ]=E t [X t+1 ]E t [Y t+1 ]+Cov t (X t+1,y t+1 ) we obtain 1 = E t β( c t+1 ) σ P t P S E t+1 + D t+1 t c t P t+1 Pt S Cov t [β( c t+1 ) σ P t, P t+1 S + D t+1 ]. c t P t+1 From the previous expression for P B t, it follows that P S E t+1 + D t+1 t Pt S = 1 Cov t[β( c t+1 P S t c t ) σ P t P t+1, P t+1 S +Dt+1 Pt S Pt B ]. Denoting the right-hand side by z t, the stock price therefore evolves according to the forwardlooking equation P S t = 1 z t E t (P S t+1 + D t+1 ) D t+i = E t Σ i=1 Π i 1 j=0 z. t+j Thus the stock price depends on the expected discounted value of future dividends. (c) We may interpret P S t+1 +D t+1 P S t =1+R S t+1, wherer S t+1 is the nominal equity return, and 1 P B t =1+R B t,wherer B t is the risk-free return on bonds. Hence we can re-write the price equation for stocks as P S E t+1 + D t+1 t Pt S = E t (1 + R S t+1) = 1+Rt B (1 + Rt B )Cov t[β( c t+1 ) σ P t, P t+1 S + D t+1 ]. c t P t+1 P S t This gives E(Rt+1 S Rt B )= (1 + Rt B )Cov t [β( c t+1 ) σ P t, P t+1 S + D t+1 ] c t P t+1 where the right-hand side is the equity risk premium. It shows that risk arises due to conditional (and time-varying) covariation between the rate of growth of consumption and the real return to equity. P S t 145
147 10.3. If the pricing kernel is M t+1, the return on a risky asset is r t and that on a risk-free asset is f t, (a) state the asset-pricing equation for the risky asset and the associated risk premium. (b) Express the risk premium as a function of the conditional variance of the risky asset and give a regression interpretation of your result. Solution (a) As shown in Chapter 10 the asset-pricing equation is E t [M t+1 (1 + r t+1 )] = 1 and the risk premium is given by E t (r t+1 f t )=(1+f t )Cov t (M t+1,r t+1 ). (b) We can re-write the risk premium as E t (r t+1 f t ) = (1+f t ) Cov t(m t+1,r t+1 ) V t (r t+1 ) = (1+f t )b t V t (r t+1 ) V t (r t+1 ) where b t = Cov t(m t+1,r t+1 ). V t (r t+1 ) b t can be interpreted as the conditional regression coefficient of M t+1 on r t+1. V t (r t+1 ) can be interpreted as the quantity of risk and (1 + f t )b t as the price of risk. Conditional terms like these appear naturally in up-dating formulae such as in the Kalman filter, or in recursive or rolling regressions. In general equilibrium M t+1 is a function of consumption. b t can therefore be interpreted as expressing risk in terms of consumption (a) What is the significance of an asset having the same pay-off in all states of the world? 146
148 (b) Consider a situation involving three assets and two states. Suppose that one asset is a risk-free bond with a return of 20%, a second asset has a price of 100 and pay-offs of60 and 200 in the two states, and a third asset has pay-offs of100 and 0 in the two states. If the probability of the first state occurring is 0.4. (i) What types of assets might this description fit? (ii) Find the prices of the implied contingent claims in the two states. (iii) Find the price of the third asset. (iv) What is the risk premium associated with the second asset? Solution (a) An asset that has the same pay-off in all states of the world is a risk-free asset. (b) (i) This description fits the situation where we have the following three types of asset: B(t) = riskless borrowing and lending S(t) = astockprice C(t) = the value of a call option with strike price K where a call option gives the owner the right to purchase the underlying asset at the strike price (exercise price) K. Suppose that there are possible states of nature in period t +1. IfweletX(t) denote the vector of pay-offs on the different assets in the future states and P (t) denote a vector of asset prices B(t) P (t) = S(t). C(t) If f denotes the riskless rate of interest then the pay-off matrix is (1 + f)b(t) (1+f)B(t) X(t) = S 1 (t +1) S 2 (t +1). C 1 (t +1) C 2 (t +1) 147
149 where we can let B(t) =1as a normalization. It then follows that P (t) =X(t)q(t) where q(t) is a vector of state contingent claims prices. In the present case we have three assets and two states giving q = , q 2 C where in effect K = 100. (ii) We can determine the two state prices q 1 and q 2 from the first two equations to obtain q 1 =0.060 and q 2 = (iii) We can then use the third equation to determine the value of the third asset (the option) as C(t) =3.57. (iv) The risk premium ρ S (t) associated with the second asset is ρ S (t) = E[S(t +1)] S(t) (1 + f) where, denoting the probability of state s occurring by π(s), E[S(t +1)] = π(1)s 1 (t +1)+π(2)S 2 (t +1) = = 144. As the risk-free rate is 0.2 and S(t) = 100, the risk premium is ρ S (t) = = A risk premium for the call option can be calculated in the same way and is =
150 10.5. Consider the following two-period problem for a household in which there is one state of the world in the first period and two states in the second period. Income in the first period is 6; in the second period it is 5 in state one which occurs with probability 0.2, andis10 in state two. There is a risk-free bond with a rate of return equal to 0.2. If instantaneous utility is ln c t and therateoftimediscountis0.2 find (a) the levels of consumption in each state, (b) the state prices, (c) the stochastic discount factors, (d) the risk-free "rate of return" (i.e. rate of change) to income in period two, (e) the "risk premium" for income in period two. Solution (a) The problem is to maximize V = U (c)+β{π(1)u[c(1)] + π(2)u[c(2)]} subject to the intertempral budget constraint c + q(1)c(1) + q(2)c(2) = y + q(1)y(1) + q(2)y(2) where q(1) and q(2) are the prices of contingent claims in the two states in the second period. The Lagrangian is L = U(c) + β{π(1)u[c(1)] + π(2)u[c(2)]} +λ [y + q(1)y(1) + q(2)y(2)y c q(1)c(1) q(2)c(2)]. The first-order conditions are given by L c L c(s) = U 0 (c) λ =0, = βπ(s)u 0 [c(s)] λq(s) =0, s =1,
151 Thus q(s) =βπ(s) U 0 [c(s)] U 0, s =1, 2. (c) Hence any income stream x(s) can be priced using p = Σ s q(s)x(s) = βσ sπ(s)u 0 [c(s)]x(s) U 0. (c) In particular, we can price the income stream y(s) by setting x(s) =y(s). And if there is a risk-free asset then its price given a unit pay-off is where f is the risk-free rate of return. Using the given values we obtain Σ s q(s) =Σ s π(s) βu0 [c(s)] U 0 (c) = 1 1+f q(1) = βπ(1) c c(1) = c c(1) q(2) = βπ(2) c c(2) = c c(2). We now evaluate the budget constraint noting that and that c + q(1)c(1) + q(2)c(2) = c c c = c y + q(1)y(1) + q(2)y(2) = 2y =12. Therefore From the price of income or c = = c c(1) c c(2) 10 = 6 5c c(1) + 40c c(2) =36 150
152 From the risk-free bond or c c(1) c c(2) = c c(1) + 4c c(2) =5. Solving for c(1) and c(2) from the two equations gives c(1) = c =18.3 and c(2) = 11 c =11.9. (b) The contingent state prices are q(1) = 0.2 c 1.2 c(1) 0.8 =0.06 and q(2) = 1.2 c(2) =0.37. c (c) The stochastic discount factors are m(s) = q(s) π(s) = βu0 [c(s)] U 0. (c) Thus, m(1) = 0.30 and m(2) = (d) If the rate of return to income is r(s) then its expectation satisfies Hence E[r(s)] = 0.5. E[1 + r(s)] = E[y(s)] π(1)y(1) + π(2)y(2) = y y = = (e) The risk premium for income ρ is therefore ρ = E[r(s) f] = =
153 Chapter An investor with the utility function U(c t )= c σ t 1 σ who maximizes E tσ s=0 βs U(c t+s ) can either invest in equity with a price of P S t and a dividend of D t or a risk-free one-period bond with nominal return f t.derive (a) the optimal consumption plan, and (b) the equity premium. (c) Discuss the effect on the price of equity in period t of a loosening of monetary policy as implementedbyanincreaseinthenominalrisk-freeratef t. Solution (a) We start with the Euler equation (see Chapter 10) which is also the general equilibrium asset pricing equation when utility is time separable: βu 0 E t+1 (1 + r t+1) t Ut 0 =1 where r t+1 is a real rate of return and β = 1 1+θ. In this exercise U 0 t = c t σ and the real rate of return depends on the asset. For equity the real return satisfies 1+r S t+1 = P S t+1 + D t+1 P S t where Rt+1 S is the nominal return on equity. For bonds P t P t+1 =(1+R S t+1) P t P t+1, 1+r B t+1 =(1+f t ) P t P t+1 = 1 P B t P t P t+1 where P t is the general price level and P B t is the price of a one-period bond. There is, therefore, no real risk-free asset in this problem. It follows that µ # σ ct P t E t "β (1 + f t ) =1. c t+1 P t+1 As " µ # " σ µ # σ " µ σ ct P t ct Pt ct E t = E t E t + Cov t, c t+1 P t+1 c t+1 P t+1 c t+1 P t P t+1 # 152
154 we obtain the optimal consumption plan " µ # σ ct E t c t+1 ³ σ 1+θ 1+f t Cov ct t c t+1, P t P t+1 = h E Pt t ( 1 = [E t ( )] 1 1+π t+1 P t+1 i 1+θ 1+f t Cov t " µ ct c t+1 σ, 1 1+π t+1 #) where π t+1 = P t+1 P t is the inflation rate. (b) The Euler equation can also be expressed in terms of the return to equity because µ # σ ct P t 1 = E t "β (1 + R S c t+1 P t+1) t+1 µ # " σ µ # ct P t σ ct P t = E t "β E t 1+R St+1 + Covt β, (1 + R S c t+1 P t+1 c t+1 P t+1). t+1 Solving from the nominal return to equity E t 1+R S t+1 = 1 Cov t β ³ ct c t+1 σ Pt P t+1,r S t+1 ³. σ E t β ct Pt c t+1 P t+1 From part (a) 1+f t = ³ E t β 1 σ c t c t+1. Pt P t+1 Hence, subtracting, the expected excess return (the equity premium) is " µ # σ E t R S ct P t t+1 f t = β(1 + ft )Cov t,rt+1 S. c t+1 P t+1 (c) Assuming that a loosening of monetary policy has no significant effect on consumption growth we obtain 1+f t = ' ³ E t β 1 1 h i. E Pt t P t+1 σ c t c t+1 Pt P t+1 153
155 Hence inflation is expected to increase. We can approximate the equity pricing equation as E t R S Pt t+1 f t ' β(1 + ft )Cov t,rt+1 S. P t+1 The nominal return to equity is therefore expected to increase even though this would imply a fall h i h i in Cov Pt t P t+1,rt+1 S. We note that a decrease is not possible because Cov Pt t P t+1,rt+1 S would then be positive. To find the effect on the price of equity note from its return that 1+R S t+1 = P S t+1 + D t+1 P S t = P S t+1 P S t (1 + D t+1 Pt+1 S ). Since inflation has increased we may expect dividends - a nominal variable - to increase too. If the dividend yield is unaffected then this would imply that P S t+1 must increase, and by more than P S t. There would then be a capital gain to equity (a) A household with the utility function U(c t )=lnc t, which maximizes E t Σ s=0β s U(c t+s ), caneitherinvestinaone-perioddomestic risk-free bond with nominal return R t,oraone-period foreign currency bond with nominal return (in foreign currency) of Rt. If the nominal exchange rate (the domestic price of foreign exchange) is S t derive (i) the optimal consumption plan, and (ii) the foreign exchange risk premium. (b) Suppose that foreign households have an identical utility function but a different discount factor β, what is their consumption plan and their risk premium? (c) Is the market complete? If not, (i) what would make it complete? (ii) How would this affect the two risk premia? Solution 154
156 (a) The solution takes a similar form to that in the previous exercise but with the return to the foreign bond replacing the return to equity. Thus, (i) the optimal consumption plan is ct+1 E t c t = 1+θ 1+R t Cov t h ct+1 c t, E t h Pt P t+1 i 1 = [E t ( )] 1 1+π t+1 i P t P t+1 ½ 1+θ ct+1 Cov t, 1+R t c t 1 1+π t+1 ¾ where π t+1 = P t+1 P t is the inflation rate. (ii) The nominal return in domestic currency terms to the foreign bond is (1 + Rt ) S t+1 S t, hence E t (1 + Rt ) S 1 Cov t hβ c t+1 t+1 c t = S t And the foreign exchange risk premium is E t hβ ct+1 c t i P t P t+1, (1 + Rt ) S t+1 S t i. P t P t+1 E t (1 + Rt ) S t+1 ct+1 P t (1 + R t ) = β(1 + R t )Cov t, (1 + Rt ) S t+1. S t c t P t+1 S t (b) For the foreign investor the rate of return on foreign bonds expressed in its own currency is (1 + R t ) St S t+1. Hence the consumption plan is c E t+1 t c t = 1+θ 1+R t = [E t ( and the foreign risk premium is h c Cov t+1 t c, t h i P E t t Pt π t+1 i Pt Pt+1 )] 1 ½ 1+θ 1+R t c Cov t+1 t c, t 1 1+π t+1 ¾ E t (1 + R t ) S t c (1 + Rt ) = β (1 + Rt )Cov t+1 t S t+1 c t P t P t+1, (1 + R t ) S t, S t+1 where c t is foreign consumption and P t is the foreign price level. (c) The market is not complete as the pricing kernels for the two countries are different due to β 6= β. 155
157 (i)itwouldbecompleteifβ = β. (ii) With complete markets consumption would be the same in each country and the exchange rate will be the ratio of the price levels so that S t = Pt P t βcov t ct+1 c t P t P t+1, (1 + R t ) S t S t+1 h i wherewehaveassumedthate St+1 t S t = E t β c t+1 Pt c t Pt+1 = (1+R t )E t β c t+1 and PPP will hold. Hence (1 + R t ) S t S t+1 E t β c t+1 c t P t P t+1 E t (1 + R t ) S t P t (1 + R t )E t β c t+1 P t S t+1 c t P t+1 c t P t+1 S t i h i E t hβ c t+1 P t c t P t+1 E St+1 t S t St = 1 (1 + R t ) i E t +Cov t hβ c t+1 P t c t P t+1, S S t+1 t+1 S t ½ St+1 = 1 E t + 1+R t S t 1+Rt Cov t β c t+1 P t, (1 + Rt ) S t+1 c t P t+1 S t 1 S t+1 = E t 1+Rt E t (1 + Rt ) S t+1 (1 + R t ) S t S t h i S E t t S t+1 =1. As established by Siegel s inequality, this is not stricly correct as, to second-order aproximation, E( 1 x ) ' 1 V (x) E(x) [1+ [E(x)] ]= 1 2 The foreign exchange risk premium for the foreign country is then E t (1 + R t ) S t (1 + Rt S ) t+1 = β(1 + R t )Cov t ct+1 Pt c t Pt+1 = E t (1 + R t ) S t+1 S t (1 + R t ) i.e. equal to the foreign exchange risk premium for the domestic country. E(x 2 ) E(x) [E(x)] > 1 2 E(x)., (1 + R t ) S t, S t+1 S t+1 E t St S t+1 ¾ St E t S t Let S t denote the current price in dollars of one unit of foreign currency; F t,t is the delivery price agreed to in a forward contract; r is the domestic interest rate with continuous compounding; r is the foreign interest rate with continuous compounding. (a) Consider the following pay-offs: (i) investing in a domestic bond (ii) investing a unit of domestic currency in a foreign bond and buying a forward contract to convert the proceeds. Find the value of the forward exchange rate F t,t. 156
158 (b) Suppose that the foreign interest rate exceeds the domestic interest rate at date t so that r >r. What is the relation between the forward and spot exchange rates? Solution r(t t) (a) (i) Investing in a domestic bond gives the pay-off e (ii) A unit of domestic currency gives S 1 t units of foreign currency and a pay-off in foreign currency of S 1 t e r (T t). The pay-off in terms of domestic currency is F t,t e r (T t). No-arbitrage implies that the pay-offs are the same, hence e r(t t) = F t,t e r (T t) S t The value of the forward contract is therefore S t F t,t = S t e (r r )(T t) (b) If r >rthen F t,t <S t (a) What is the price of a forward contract on a dividend-paying stock with stock price S t? (b) A one-year long forward contract on a non-dividend-paying stock is entered into when the stock price is $40 and the risk-free interest rate is 10% per annum with continuous compounding. What is the forward price? (c) Six months later, the price of the stock is $45 and the risk-free interest rate is still 10%. What is the forward price? Solution (a) Assuming that dividends are paid continuously and the dividend yield is a constant q, at time T the pay-off to investing in S t in a stock is S T e q(t t). Hence, a portfolio consisting of a 157
159 long position in the forward contract involves paying F t,t for the stock and selling it for S T.This yields a profit attimet of π 1 (T )=S T F t,t. A portfolio consisting of a long position in the stock and a short position in a risk-free asset involves borrowing e q(t t) S t. At the rate of interest r this costs e (r q)(t t) S t at date T. Selling the stock for S T then yields the profit π 2 (T )=S T e (r q)(t t) S t. No-arbitrage implies that expected profits for the two portfolios are the same, hence E t (S T ) F t,t = E t (S T ) e (r q)(t t) S t. Theforwardpriceforthestockistherefore F t,t = e (r q)(t t) S t. (b) The forward price of a non-dividend paying stock is F t,t = e r(t t) S t. If S t = $40 and r =0.1 then F t,t+1 =$e = $44.2. (c) We now require F t+ 1 2,t+1 =$e = $ Suppose that in an economy with one and two zero-coupon period bonds investors maximize E t Σ s=0β s ln c t+s.whatis (a) the risk premium in period t for the two-period bond, and (b) its price in period t? (c) What is the forward rate for the two-period bond? (d) Hence, express the risk premium in terms of this forward rate. 158
160 Solution (a) From the answers to Exercises 11.1 and 11.2 the Euler equations for one and two period bonds are E t β c t+1 c t E t β c t+1 c t P t (1 + s t ) P t+1 P t (1 + h 2,t+1 ) P t+1 = 1 = 1 where 1+s t = 1 P 1,t, the holding-period return on the two-period bond is given by 1+h 2,t+1 = P 1,t+1 P 2,t = (1 + R 1,t) (n 1) (1 + R 2,t ) n R n,t is the yield to maturity on an n-period zero-coupon bond and R 1,t = s t. Hence 0 = E t β c t+1 c t = E t β c t+1 c t P t (h 2,t+1 s t ) P t+1 P t P t+1 E t [h 2,t+1 s t ]+Cov t β c t+1 c t It follows that the risk premium on the two-period bond is P t,h 2,t+1 s t. P t+1 E t [h 2,t+1 s t ]= (1 + s t )Cov t β c t+1 P t,h 2,t+1 s t. c t P t+1 (b) The expected excess return can be written as Hence the price of the two-period bond is E t [1 + h 2,t+1 (1 + s t )] = E t[p 1,t+1 ] P 2,t (1 + s t ). P 2,t = (1 + s t ) where E t [P 1,t+1 ]=E t [ 1 1+s t+1 ]. E t [P 1,t+1 ] h n1 Cov t β ct+1 c t io, P t P t+1,h 2,t+1 s t (c) The forward rate between periods t +1and t +2is obtained from 1+f t,t+1 = P 1,t P 2,t. 159
161 (d) P 2,t can be written in terms of the risk premium, which we denote by ρ 2,t,as It follows that P 2,t = E t[p 1,t+1 ] 1+s t + ρ 2,t. 1+f t,t+1 = P 1,t P 2,t Hence, the risk premium can be written as = P 1,t(1 + s t + ρ 2,t ). E t [P 1,t+1 ] ρ 2,t = (1+f t,t+1 ) E t[p 1,t+1 ] P 1,t (1 + s t ) = (1+f t,t+1 )E t ( 1+s t 1+s t+1 ) (1 + s t ) Consider a Vasicek model with two independent latent factors z 1t and z 2t.Thepriceof an n-period bond and the log discount factor may be written as p n,t = [A n + B 1n z 1t + B 2n z 2t ] m t+1 = [z 1t + z 2t + λ 1 e 1,t+1 + λ 2 e 2,t+1 ] where the factors are generated by z i,t+1 μ i = φ i (z it μ i )+e i,t+1, i =1, 2. (a) Derive the no-arbitrage condition for an n-periodbondanditsriskpremium. Stateany additional assumptions made. (b) Explain how the yield on an n-period bond and its risk premium can be expressed in terms of the yields on one and two period bonds. (c) Derive an expression for the n-period ahead forward rate. (d) Comment on the implications of these results for the shape and behavior over time of the yield curve. 160
162 Solution (a) The pricing equation for an n-period bond is P nt = E t [M t+1 P n 1,t+1 ]. Assuming that P n,t and M t+1 have a joint log-normal distribution with p n,t =lnp n,t and m t+1 = ln M t+1 gives p nt = E t (m t+1 + p n 1,t+1 )+ 1 2 V t(m t+1 + p n 1,t+1 ). Hence, as P 0,t =1,andsop o,t =0, p 1,t = E t m t V t(m t+1 ). The no-arbitrage condition is E t p n 1,t+1 p n.t + p 1,t V t(p n 1,t+1 )= Cov t (m t+1,p n 1,t+1 ) and the risk premium is Cov t (m t+1,p n 1,t+1 ). Evaluating E t [m t+1 + p n 1,t+1 ] = [Σ i z it + A n 1 + Σ i B i,n 1 E t z i,t+1 ] = [Σ i z it + A n 1 + Σ i B i,n 1 [μ i (1 φ i )+φ i z i,t ] where Σ i = Σ 2 i=1 and V t [m t+1 + p n 1,t+1 ] = V t [Σ i (λ i e i,t+1 + B i,n 1 e i,t+1 )] = Σ i (λ i + B i,n 1 ) 2 σ 2 i, the log pricing equation becomes [A n + Σ i B i,n z i,t ]= [A n 1 + Σ i B i,n 1 μ i (1 φ i )] Σ i [1 + φ i B i,n (λ i + B i,n 1 ) 2 σ 2 i )]z i,t. Equating terms on the left-hand and right-hand sides gives the recursive formulae A n = A n 1 + Σ i B i,n 1 μ i (1 φ i ) 161
163 B i,n =1+φ i B i,n (λ i + B i,n 1 ) 2 σ 2 i Using p 0,t =0we obtain A 0 =0,B i,0 =0,B i,1 =1 1 2 λ2 i σ 2 i and A 1 =0. Hence s t = p 1,t = A 1 + Σ i B i,1 z i,t = Σ i (1 1 2 λ2 i σ 2 i )z i,t. The no-arbitrage condition is therefore E t p n 1,t+1 p nt + p 1,t = Σ i [ 1 2 B2 i,n 1σ 2 i + λ i B i,n 1 σ 2 i ]. The first term is the Jensen effect and the second is the risk premium. Thus risk premium = Cov t (m t+1,p n 1,t+1 )=Σ i λ i B i,n 1 σ 2 i. (b)the yield on an n-period bond is R n,t = 1 n p n,t = 1 n [A n + Σ i B i,n z i,t ] Hence s t = p 1,t = A 1 + Σ i B i,1 z i,t R 2,t = 1 2 p 2,t = 1 2 [A 2 + Σ i B i,2 z i,t ] are two equations in two unknowns z 1,t and z 2,t,whereA n and B i,n are functions of the parameters. Thus, from the recursions A 2 = A 1 + Σ i B i,1 μ i (1 φ i ) = Σ i (1 1 2 λ2 i σ 2 i )μ i (1 φ i ) and B i,2 = 1+φ i B i,1 1 2 (λ i + B i,1 ) 2 σ 2 i = 1+φ i (1 1 2 λ2 i σ 2 i ) 1 2 (λ i λ2 i σ 2 i ) 2 σ 2 i. 162
164 We can therefore solve for z 1,t and z 2,t as functions of the two yields s t and R 2,t -oranyother yield. Knowing z 1,t and z 2,t we now can the solve for R n,t and the risk premium on an n-period bond. (c) The n-period ahead forward rate is f t,t+n = p n 1,t p n,t = A n A n 1 + Σ i (B i,n B i,n 1 )z i,t = Σ i B i,n 1 μ i (1 φ i )+Σ i [ (1 φ i )B i,n (λ i + B i,n 1 ) 2 σ 2 i ]z i,t. This too can be expressed in terms of the yields s t and R 2,t - or any other yield. (d) Broadly, the shape of a yield curve can be described in terms of its level and slope - or curvature. The level largely reflects the effects of inflation and the real interest rate both of which are captured in the short rate s t. The slope largely reflects how inflation is expected to change in the future - up or down - and the greater risk at longer maturity horizons. Curvature reflects expected changes in the rate of inflation over time. We note that as, in effect, the first factor z 1,t is s t, the model captures this aspect of the yield curve well. The second factor z 2,t has to capture all other features of the yield curve which, in general, it will be unable to do. In particular, it will be unable to pick up any curvature in the yield curve. Further, the risk premium varies with the time to maturity, but is independent of z 1,t and z 2,t and is fixed over time. This is a major weakness of the model In their affine model of the term structure Ang and Piazzesi (2003) specify the pricing 163
165 kernel M t directly as follows: M t+1 = exp( s t ) ξ t+1 ξ t s t = δ 0 + δ 0 1z t z t = μ + φ 0 z t 1 + Σe t+1 ξ t+1 ξ t = exp( 1 2 λ0 tλ t λ 0 te t+1 ) λ t = λ 0 + λ 1 z t p n,t = A n + B 0 nz t (a) Derive the yield curve, and (b) and the risk premium on a n-period yield. Solution (a) We start with the asset pricing equation P nt = E t [M t+1 P n 1,t+1 ] so that for P n,t and M t+1 jointly log-normal with p t =lnp t and m t+1 =lnm t+1 we have p nt = E t (m t+1 + p n 1,t+1 )+ 1 2 V t(m t+1 + p n 1,t+1 ). As p o,t =0and s t = p 1,t, s t = E t (m t+1 )+ 1 2 V t(m t+1 ) Given the set-up of the exercise, it follows that δ 0 = A 1, δ 1 = B 1, E t (m t+1 )= s t 1 2 V t(m t+1 ) and, since E t e t+1 e 0 t+1 = I, V t (m t+1 )= 1 2 λ0 tλ t. 164
166 Hence, m t+1 = s t + ln ξ t+1 = s t 1 2 λ0 tλ t λ 0 te t+1 = δ 0 δ 0 1z t 1 2 λ0 tλ t λ 0 te t+1. Evaluating p nt we obtain p nt = E t (m t+1 + p n 1,t+1 )+ 1 2 V t(m t+1 + p n 1,t+1 ) A n + B 0 nz t = δ 0 δ 0 1z t 1 2 λ0 tλ t + A n 1 + B 0 n 1(μ + φ 0 z t )+ 1 2 λ0 tλ t B0 n 1ΣΣ 0 B n 1 + λ 0 tσ 0 B n 1 = δ 0 δ 0 1z t + A n 1 + B 0 n 1(μ + φ 0 z t )+ 1 2 B0 n 1ΣΣ 0 B n 1 + B 0 n 1Σ(λ 0 + λ 1 z t ) where A n = δ 0 + A n 1 + B 0 n 1μ B0 n 1ΣΣ 0 B n 1 + B 0 n 1Σλ 0 B n = δ 1 + φb n B0 n 1ΣΣ 0 B n 1 + B 0 n 1Σλ 1. We note that, as required, A 1 = δ 0, B 1 = δ 1. (b) The risk (term) premium is therefore risk premium = Cov t (m t+1,p n 1,t+1 ) = B 0 n 1Σλ t = B 0 n 1Σ(λ 0 + λz t ) This depends on the factors z t, which may be a mixture of observable and unobservable variables, and the coefficients B n 1 which depend on n, the time to maturity. 165
167 Chapter According to rational expectations models of the nominal exchange rate, such as the Monetary Model, an increase in the domestic money supply is expected to cause an appreciation in the exchange rate, but the exchange rate depreciates. Explain why the Monetary Model is nonetheless correct. Solution The question is play on words. Nonetheless, it highlights an important feature of bi-lateral exchange rates, namely, that they are asset prices and hence respond instantaneously to new information. Both the spot rate and expected future exchange rates respond. As a result, the expected change E t s t+1 may, for example, increase but the spot rate may increase or decrease. In the Monetary Model in Chapter 12 the exchange rate is determined from the uncovered interest parity condition R t = Rt + E t s t+1, which implies that s t = E t s t+1 + R t R t = X i=0 (R t+i R t+i ). From PPP and the two money markets, international differences in money supplies or output affect the interest differential and through this the (log) nominal exchange rate s t. The solution for the exchange rate was shown to be s t = µ n λ E t s t+n + λ 1+λ 1+λ X n 1 i=0 µ i λ h E t mt+i 1+λ ỹt+ii where m t = m t m t,thelogdifference between the money supplies. It follows that the effect on s t of an unexpected increase in m t - holding the other exogenous variables m t, y t and y t fixed - may be obtained from s t = 1 1+λ m t >
168 Hence the spot exchange rate jump depreciates. As the exchange rate returns to its original level next period, E t s t+1 s t = 1 1+λ m t < 0 This implies that there is an expected appreciation of the exchange rate next period even though the spot rate is predicted by the Monetary Model to depreciate in the current period. Put another way, the increase in m t reduces R t and raises s t. It also decreases Rt R t and hence, from the UIP condition, E t s t+1 = E t s t+1 s t < 0 - i.e. the exchange rate is expected to decrease The Buiter-Miller (1981) model of the exchange rate - not formally a DGE model but, apart from the backward-looking pricing equation, broadly consistent with such an interpretation - may be represented as follows: y t = α(s t + p t p t ) β(r t E t p t+1 )+g t + γy t m t p t = y t λr t p t+1 = θ(y t y n t )+π # t E t s t+1 = R t R t where y is output, y n is full employment output, g is government expenditure, s is the log exchange rate, R is the nominal interest rate, m is log nominal money, p is the log price level, π # is target inflation and an asterisk denotes the foreign equivalent. (a) Stating any assumptions you make, derive the long-run solution. (b) Derive the short-run solution for the exchange rate. (c) Hence comment on the effects of monetary and fiscal policy. Solution (a) Assuming that there is a steady-state solution, and this involves a constant rate of growth of the money supply equal to π # t,andthatg t, y t, y n t and R t are constant in the long run, we can 167
169 re-write the model in steady state as y = α(s + p p) β(r π # )+g + γy m p = y λr π # = θ(y y n )+π # 0 = R R. It follows that y = y n, R = R, p = m y n + λr, s = p p + 1 α (yn g γy )+ β α (R π # ) = m β α π# 1 α α yn 1 α (g + γy ) p +(λ + β α )R. (b) To obtain the short-run solution first we reduce the full model to two equations - in p t and s t - by eliminating the other endogenous variables. First, eliminate R t using the UIP condition. Second, eliminate y t from the money demand and price equations. This gives the first equation below. Third, eliminate y t from the money demand and demand equations. This gives the second equation. p t+1 (1 θλ)p t θλe t s t+1 + θλs t = a t βe t p t+1 (β + λ)e t s t+1 +(1 α β)p t +(α + β + λ)s t = b t where a t = θ(m t + λr t y n t )+π # t ε t+1 b t = m t g t γy t αp t +(β + λ)r t and ε t+1 = p t+1 E t p t+1. Introducing the lag operator Lx t = x t 1 and L 1 x t = E t x t+1,wecanwritethemodelin matrix notation as L 1 1 (1 θλ)l θλ + θλl β +(1 α β)l (β + λ)+(α + β + λ)l p t s t = a t b t 168
170 or as L 1 1 θλ β β λ 1 θλ θλ α + β 1 (α + β + λ) L p t s t = a t b t We now use the result in the Appendix that if B(L)Z t = z t 1 where B(L) =I AL then the eigenvalues can be obtained from det B(L) = 0 We also note that det(i AL) = (1 λ 1 L)(1 λ 2 L) = 1 (λ 1 + λ 2 )L + λ 1 λ 2 L 2 = 1 (tra)l +(deta)l 2 where the roots γ i = 1 λ i are obtained from {λ 1,λ 2 } = 1 2 tra ± 1 2 [(tra)2 4(det A)] 1 2 and are approximately {λ 1,λ 2 }'{ det A tra, det A tra tra }. We also note that if det(i AL) L=1 < 0, then the solution is a saddlepath. Themodelcanbewrittenas (P QL)Z t+1 = z t, or as (I P 1 QL)Z t+1 = P 1 z t. We require det(i AL) L=1 det(i P 1 QL) L=1.Wenotethat det(i P 1 Q)=(detP ) 1 det(p Q) 169
171 Hence det(i AL) L=1 det 1 θλ β β λ 1 det θλ 0 1 α α = αθλ βθλ β λ The model would therefore have a saddlepath solution if det P = βθλ β λ < 0 - i.e. if β 1 + λ 1 >θ. It can shown that this is NOT the case as assuming a saddlepath solution gives the wrong signs on the effects of monetary and fiscal policy. Instead we assume that λ 1,λ 2 > 1 Noting that the inverse of B(L) is the adjoint matrix of B(L) divided by the determinant of B(L) B(L) 1 = adjb(l) det B(L) we can write the model as det(i P 1 QL)Z t+1 = (1 λ 1 L)(1 λ 2 L)Z t+1 = adj(p QL) z t det P where (β + λ)+(α + β + λ)l adj(p QL) = β (1 α β)l θλ θλl 1 (1 θλ)l and det P = βθλ β λ. Assuming that λ 1,λ 2 > 1 we therefore have Thus λ 1 λ 2 L 2 (1 λ 1 1 L 1 )(1 λ 1 2 L 1 )Z t+1 = adj(p QL) z t det P Z t+1 = = λ L 2 [ λ 1 + λ 2 1 λ 1 1 L + λ QL) 1 1 λ 1 ]adj(p 2 L 1 det P 1 Σ i=0 [λ (i+1) 1 L (i+2) + λ (i+1) 2 L (i+2) ] λ 1 + λ 2 z t adj(p QL) z t det P It can now be shown that the solution for the exchange rate in response to the exogenous variables 170
172 m t and g t is s t = 1 (λ 1 + λ 2 )(β + λ βθλ) Σ i=0[λ (i+1) 1 L (i+1) + λ (i+1) 2 L (i+1) ]{[(1 θβ)+l]m t = +[(1 (1 θλ)l]g t } 1 (λ 1 + λ 2 )(β + λ βθλ) Σ i=0 {[λ (i+1) 1 + λ (i+1) 2 ][[1 θλ θ(1 α β)]e t m t+i +(1 θβ)e t m t+i+1 ] Σ i=0 {[λ (i+1) 1 + λ (i+1) 2 ][(1 θλ)e t g t+i E t g t+i+1 ] (c) It can now be seen that in the long run an increase in the money supply causes the exchange rate to depreciate due to a fall in the doemstic interest rate, and an increase in government expenditures causes the exchange rate to appreciate due to a rise in the interest rate. The impact effect of an increase in m t is to depreciate the exchange rate if 1 θλ θ(1 α β) > 0. The impact effect of an increase in g t istoappreciatetheexchangerateif1 θλ > 0. But an anticipated increase in g t+1 wouldcausetheexchangeratetodepreciateinperiodt in order that it would be expected to appreciate between periods t and t +1as a result of the change in g t Consider a small cash-in-advance open economy with a flexible exchange rate in which output is exogenous, there is Calvo pricing, PPP holds in the long run, UIP holds and households maximize Σ j=0 βj ln c t+j subject to their budget constraint S t F t+1 + M t+1 + P t c t = P t x t + R t S t F t where P t is the general price level, c t is consumption, x t is output, F t is the net foreign asset position, M t is the nominal money stock, S t is the nominal exchange rate and R t is the foreign nominal interest rate. (a) Derive the steady-state solution of the model when output is fixed. (b) Obtain a log-linear approximation to the model suitable for analysing its short-run behavior (c)commentonitsdynamicproperties. 171
173 (a) The problem for the domestic economy is to maximize Σ j=0 βj ln c t+j with respect to consumption, money and net foreign asset holdings subject to the budget constraint and the cash-in-advance constraint. The Lagrangian is X β j ln c t+j + λ t+j [P t+j x t+j +(1+Rt+j L = )S t+jf t+j + M t+j j=0 S t+j F t+j+1 M t+j+1 P t+j c t+j ]+μ t+j (M t+j P t+j c t+j ) The first-order conditions are L c t+j = βj c t+j (λ t+j + μ t+j )P t+j =0 j 0 L F t+j = λ t+j (1 + R t+j)s t+j λ t+j 1 S t+j 1 =0 j>0 L M t+j = λ t+j λ t+j 1 + μ t+j =0 j>0. The consumption Euler equation is therefore βc t P t S t+1 (1 + R t ) P t+1 S t c t+1 = βc tp t (1 + R t ) P t+1 c t+1 = βc t(1 + r t ) c t+1 =1. where r t is the real interest rate defined by. is 1+r t = 1+R t 1+ P. t+1 P t In steady state, c t+1 =0and, if β = 1 1+θ,thenr t = θ. The steady-state level of consumption where x t = x and f = F P c = x + RSf is the real foreign asset position. (b) In the short run the economy is described by the following equations βc t P t (1 + R t ) P t+1 c t+1 = 1 S t F t+1 + M t+1 + P t c t = P t x t + R t S t F t M t = P t c t π t = ρ(1 γ) 1 ργ (s t + p t p t 1 )+ γ 1 ργ π t+1 1+R t = S t+1(1 + R t ) S t, 172
174 where the fourth equation is the Calvo pricing equation (see Ch 9 for the definition of the parameters) and the fifth equation is UIP; p t =lnp t, π t = p t and s t + p t is the "desired" value of p t, which is the logarithm of the PPP price where s t =lns t and p t =lnpt, the world price. In the pricing equation and UIP the conditional expectation has been omitted. A log-linear approximation to the model about π = R =0is ln c t+1 = R t + π t+1 θ Sf c ln f t+1 + m c ln m t+1 +lnc t + Sf + m π t+1 c = x c ln x t + Sf c R t π t = ρ(1 γ) 1 ργ (s t + p t p t 1 )+ γ 1 ργ π t+1 R t = R t + s t+1 where m t = Mt P t and m c =1. The dynamic behavior of the model must be analysed numerically due to the number of roots the model has. The presence of both leading and lagged terms indicates that the solution to the model will have both forward and backward looking components and, almost certainly, a saddlepath solution. The backward-looking component is due to the Calvo pricing equation. If ρ =0then the solution would be just forward looking. This is when the probability of being able to adjust prices in any period is zero. Numerical analysis shows, for example, that a temporary increase in domestic money causes a temporary depreciation of the exchange rate, a temporary increase in the domestic price level and consumption and a temporary fall in the domestic interest rate. A temporary increase in foreign prices (i.e. to the target price level) causes a temporary appreciation of the exchange rate, a temporary increase in the domestic price level and interest rate and a temporary fall in consumption. In each case the movement in domestic prices is small and the exchange rate is large showing the key role of a floating exchange rate in smoothing domestic prices from such shocks Suppose the global economy consists of two identical countries who take output as given, 173
175 have cash-in-advance demands for money based on the consumption of domestic and foreign goods and services, and who may borrow or save either through domestic or foreign bonds. Purchasing power parity holds and the domestic and foreign money supplies are exogenous. Global nominal bond holding satisfies B t + S t B t =0where S t is the domestic price of nominal exchange and B t is the nominal supply of domestic bonds. The two countries maximize Σ j=0 βj ln c t+j and Σ j=0 βj ln c t+j, respectively, where c t is real consumption. Foreign equivalents are denoted with an asterisk. (a) Derive the solutions for consumption and the nominal exchange rate. (b)whataretheeffects of increases in (i) the domestic money supply and (ii) domestic output? Solution (a) Let the two countries be a (the domestic economy) and b (the foreign economy). Consider first the domestic economy. The nominal budget constraint is Bt+1 a + S t Bt+1 a + Mt+1 a + S t Mt+1 a + P t c a t + S t Pt c a t = P t x t + R t Bt a + S t Rt Bt a where P t is the general price level, c a t and c a t are domestic consumption of domestic and foreign goods and services, B a t and Bt a are domestic nominal bond holdings, Mt a and Mt a are domestic nominal money holdings required for purchasing domestic and foreign goods and services, respectively, and R t and R t are the domestic and foreign nominal interest rates. PPP - or the law of one price as there is only one good produced in each country - implies that P t = S t P t and the cash-in-advance constraints give P t c a t = M a t and P t c a t c t = c a t + c a t. = Mt a.further, The problem for the domestic economy therefore is to maximize with respect to consumption 174
176 and bond holdings the Lagrangian L = X j=0 β j ln c t+j + λ t+j [P t+j x t+j +(1+R t+j )B a t+j + S t+j(1 + R t+j )Ba t+j + M a t+j + S t+jm a t+j The first-order conditions are B a t+j+1 S t+jb a t+j+1 M a t+j+1 S t+j M a t+j+1 P t+jc a t+j S t+jp t+j ca t+j ] +μ t+j (M a t+j P t+jc a t+j )+ν t+j(s t+j M a t+j S t+jp t+j ca t+j ). L c a t+j L c b t+j L B a t+j L Bt+j a L M a t+j L M a t+j = βj c t+j (λ t+j + μ t+j )P t+j =0 j 0 = βj c t+j (λ t+j + ν t+j )S t+j P t+j =0 j 0 = λ t+j (1 + R t+j ) λ t+j 1 =0 j>0 = λ t+j S t+j (1 + R t+j) λ t+j 1 S t+j 1 =0 j>0 = λ t+j λ t+j 1 + μ t+j =0 j>0 = λ t+j λ t+j 1 + ν t+j S t+j =0 j>0. It follows from the third and fourth equations that 1+R t+1 = S t+1(1 + R t+1) S t which is the uncovered interest parity condition (based on perfect foresight). Given PPP, the consumption Euler equation is where r t is the real interest rate defined by βc t P t (1 + R t ) P t+1 c t+1 = βc t(1 + r t ) c t+1 =1. For the foreign country the budget constraint is 1+r t = 1+R t 1+ P. t+1 P t Bt+1 b + Bt+1/S b t + Mt+1 b + Mt+1/S b t + Pt c b t + P t c b t/s t = Pt x t + Rt Bt b + R t Bt b /S t, and the Euler equation is βc t (1 + r t ) c t+1 =1. 175
177 that In steady state, c t+1 = c t+1 =0and, if β = 1 1+θ,thenr t = r t = θ. It follows from UIP P t (1 + R t+1 ) = P t P t+1 Pt+1 (1 + Rt+1) = S t Pt S t+1 Pt+1 (1 + R t+1 ) or P t P t+1 = which is relative PPP; it also follows from PPP. Noting that B t = Bt a + Bt b,bt = Bt a + B b of the two budget constraints is S tp t S t+1 P t+1 t, M t = Mt a + Mt b and Mt = Mt a + Mt b,thesum B t+1 +S t B t+1 + M t+1 +S t M t+1 +P t c t +S t P t c t = P t x t +S t P t x t +(1+R t )B t +S t (1+R t )B t. Hence, from the condition B t + S t B t =0and PPP, c t + c t = x t + x t m t+1 π t+1 m t+1 m t+1 π t+1m t+1. where m t = M t P t, π t+1 = P t+1 P t and an asterisk denotes the foreign equivalent. Thus, total "world" consumption equals total "world" income less changes in domestic and real money balances and the effects of domestic and foreign inflation in eroding real money balances. In steady state, the changes in real balances are zero and so world consumption equals total world income less inflation effects on real balances. The nominal exchange rate is obtained from the relative money supplies of the two countries (which equals their relative money demands) which, as PPP holds and consumption is the same in each country, is M t Mt = M t a + Mt b M a + M b t = P tc a t + P t c b t Pt c a t + Pt c b t t = P t(c a t + c b t ) Pt (c a + c b t) = S t t c a t + c b t c a t + c b t 176
178 Hence S t = M t M t c a t + c b t. c a t + c b t If the two countries had identical incomes then this would reduce to S t = M t M. t (b) (i) An increase in the domestic money supply would raise S t proportionally, i.e. cause a depreciation of the exchange rate. It would also cause a corresponding increase in the domestic price level, thereby maintaining the real domestic money supply. Consumption would remain unchanged. (ii) As utility is a function of total output, domestic and foreign output are perfect substitutes. Consequently, the domestic economy can choose to consume only domestic output and not import from abroad. An increase in domestic income would cause a corresponding increase in domestic consumption. This would raise the demand for real money. As the nominal money supply is unchanged, a fall in the domestic price level is required. Since PPP holds, the nominal exchange rate S t must therefore fall, i.e. the exchange rate appreciates Consider a world consisting of two economies A and B. Each produces a single tradeable good and issues a risky one-period bond with real rate of returns r A t and r B t, respectively. (a) Express the real exchange rate e t between these countries in terms of their marginal utilities. (b) Derive the real interest parity condition. (c) How is this affected in the following cases: (i) both countries are risk neutral, (ii) markets are complete? Solution (a) Each country maximizes inter-temporal utility subject to their nominal budget constraint 177
179 then each satisfies the first-order conditions β j U 0 t+j = λ t+j P t+j j 0 λ t+j (1 + R t+j ) λ t+j 1 = 0 j>0 where U 0 is marginal utility, P is the price level, R is the nominal return and λ is the Lagrange multiplier (the marginal utility of wealth). Hence Pt A Pt B = U t 0A λ B t Ut 0B λ A t If S t is the nominal exchange rate (the price of country A s currency in terms of country B s) then therealexchangerateis e t = S tp A t P B t Ut 0A λ B t = S t Ut 0B λ A t (b) Eliminating the Lagrange multipliers from the two first-order conditions gives the Euler equation where βut+1p 0 t (1 + R t+1 ) UtP 0 = βu0 t+1(1 + r t+1 ) t+1 Ut 0 =1 1+r t+1 = P t(1 + R t+1 ) P t+1 hence r A and r B are related through β A U 0A t+1 (1 + ra t+1 ) U 0A t = βb Ut+1 0B (1 + rb t+1 ). U 0B t or 1+rt+1 A 1+rt+1 B (c) (i) Under risk neutrality U 0 t = c t. Hence = βb U 0B β A Ut+1 0A t+1/ut 0B /U 0A t. 1+rt+1 A 1+rt+1 B = βb c B t+1/c B t β A c A t+1 /ca t (ii) In complete markets U 0 A t = U 0B t and β A = β B. Hence r A t+1 = r B t
180 Chapter Consider the following characterizations of the IS-LM and DGE models: IS-LM y = c(y,r)+i(y,r)+g m p = L(y, r) DGE c = 1 (r θ) =0 σ y = c + i + g y = f(k) k = i f k = r where y is output, c is consumption, i is investment, k is the capital stock, g is government expenditure, r is the real interest rate, m is log nominal money and p is the log price level. (a) Comment on the main differences in the two models and on the underlying approaches to macroeconomics. (b) Comment on the implications of the two models for the effectiveness of monetary and fiscal policy. Solution (a) The first two equations are IS and LM equations denoting equilibrium in the goods and money markets respectively. They incorporate the consumption and investment functions and the demand for money. The IS and LM equations determine y and r. It is implicitly assumed that there is no inflation, hence the real interest rate is present instead of the nominal interest rate. The principal additional feature of the DGE model is the inclusion of capital. This is a crucial difference. Whereas equilibrium in the DGE model is unique, involving a single value of the capital 179
181 stock, equilibrium in the IS-LM model is not unique as it is consistent with an infinity of values of the capital stock. The equilibrium in the DGE model is known as a stock equilibrium, and that in the IS-LM model is a flow equilibrium. The determination of the capital stock involves an inter-temporal decision, i.e. concern not just for the present but also the future. There would no point in retaining any capital after the current period if there were no future. The presence of investment in the IS-LM model and the absence of capital indicates an emphasis on the present unaffected by future considerations. Consequently, the IS-LM model is at best suited to the short-term, whereas the DGE model is also appropriate for the longer term and, in particular, for the analysis of growth. These distinctions arise from a more fundamental difference in approach to macroeconomics. The key issue dealt with in the DGE model is that of consumption today or consumption in the future. The role of investment, and hence capital, is that of transferring resources from consumption today to consumption in the future. The real interest rate plays a key role in this decision as it determines whether or not deferring consumption increases utility. The real interest rate is obtained from the productivity of capital rather than monetary policy. (b) The Keynesian IS-LM model was developed in an era of low inflation. An increase in the nominal money supply was therefore, in effect, an increase in the real money supply and, according to the IS-LM model, this has real effects - on output and the real interest rate. In particular, a monetary expansion raises output. Money is absent in the RBC model. When introduced in the form of a cash-in-advance constraint, changes in nominal money have no effect on real variables due to a corresponding change in the price level that leaves real money balances unchanged. Thus monetary policy is ineffective. Accumulated empirical evidence showed that in fact money did have real effects, but only in the short term - for about 18 months - until the price level caught up, after which the predictions of the RBC model held. The second generation of DGE models (or dynamic stochastic general 180
182 equilibrium - DSGE - models, if allowance is made for uncertainty), which introduced sticky prices, were largely designed to deal with this problem. Fiscal policy in the IS-LM model has a strong real effect. This is because both the household and the government budget constraints are ignored. It is implicitly assumed that any government deficit is either bond or money financed but the need to redeem bonds in the future, and the inflation tax associated with nominal money expansion, are also ignored. In the DGE model above, an increase in government expenditures crowd out consumption one for one, and there is no effect on output. This is because, implicitly, households perceive that taxes will rise in the future to pay for the increase in government expenditures. Fiscal policy is therefore ineffective in this DGE model. Evidence on whether in fact fiscal policy has any effect on output is still unclear and divides professional opinion. The case for its effectiveness requires a weakening of some of the assumptions of this DGE model. For example, perhaps some households are myopic about the future, or some households face borrowing constraints and are therefore unable to smooth consumption, or markets fail to clear resulting in unemployed resources, especially of labor. Once again, these are essentially short-term phenomena (a) How might a country s international monetary arrangements affect its conduct of monetary policy? (b)what other factors might influence the way it carries out its monetary policy? Solution (a) The prime aims of international monetary arrangements are to facilitate economic activity and maintain competitiveness. Some types of arrangements also control prices and inflation and supplant domestic monetary policy. Others require a separate monetary policy. The main types of internationbal monetary arrangements are the gold standard, and fixed or floating exchange rates. Under the gold standard, competitiveness is automatically maintained by 181
183 fluctuations in the price level. If prices are not sufficiently flexible, recessions may occur whilst prices adjust. There is no tendency for inflation unless the gold supply increases either as result of domestic or world gold extraction, or domestic accumulation of gold through persistent trade surpluses - or, historically, as bounty. The role of monetary policy under the gold standard is to maintain a fixed parity between gold and fiat currency. Under fixed exchange rates domestic currency has a fixedrateofexchangeratewithother currencies. In practice, domestic currency is tied to a world reserve currency, currently the US dollar. This implies that US monetary policy is not necessarily tied to anything and is at the discretion of the US. The monetary policy of countries tied to the dollar is curtailed; it is simply to maintain the fixed parity. This requires maintaining competitiveness using interest rates. The euro system is a slightly different fixed exchange rate arrangement, involving a common currency administered by a federal body, the ECB. As in the US federal system, the same currency is used in each country (state). Under a floating rate system a country has no foreign nominal anchor and must use its monetary policy to provide one. In effect, each country therefore becomes like the US in this respect. (b) If, in the long run, inflation is entirely a monetary phenomenon, long-run monetary policy must be to control inflation. In the short run, however, as monetary policy has real effects, it may also be used for stabilization policy. This can be with the aim of controlling domestic demand or the exchange rate, and hence competitiveness and trade. The remits of central banks differ in the extent to which monetary policy is allowed to be used for stabilization policy. For example, the Bank of England and the ECB act as strict inflation targeters while the US Fed acts as a flexible inflation targeter The Lucas-Sargent proposition is that systematic monetary policy is ineffective. Examine 182
184 this hypothesis using the following model of the economy due to Bull and Frydman (1983): y t = α 1 + α 2 (p t E t 1 p t )+u t d t = β(m t p t )+v t p t = θ(p t p t 1 ), where y is output, d is aggregate demand, p is the log price level, p is the market clearing price, m is log nominal money and u and v are mean zero mutually and serially independent shocks. (a) Derive the solutions for output and prices. (b) If m t = μ + ε t where ε t is a mean zero, serially independent shock, comment on the effect on prices of (i) an unanticipated shock to money in period t, (ii) a temporary anticipated shock to money in period t, (iii) a permanent anticipated shock to money in period t. (c) Hence comment on the Lucas-Sargent proposition. Solution (a) Under market clearing y t = d t hence the market-clearing price evolves according to (α 2 + β)p t α 2 E t 1 p t = α 1 + βm t u t + v t = α 1 + e t. If the solution to p t is p t = γ + A(L)e t then βγ +(α 2 + β)a(l) α 2 [A(L) a 0 )]e t = α 1 + e t. Hence, The solution is therefore A(L) = 1 α 2a 0 β γ = α 1 β. p t = α 1 β + 1 α 2a 0 e t. β 183
185 Due to the presence of a 0 the solution is not fully determined. To derive the solution for p t we substitute the solution for p t in the third equation to obtain p t = θα 1 β +(1 θ)p t 1 + θ(1 α 2a 0 ) e t. β It follows that p t E t 1 p t = θ(1 α 2a 0 ) e t. β Hence the solution for y t is y t = α 1 + α 2θ(1 α 2 a 0 ) e t + u t β = α 1 + α 2θ(1 α 2 a 0 ) β (βm t + v t )+(1 α 2θ(1 α 2 a 0 ) )u t. β (b) (i) If m t = μ + ε t then an unanticipated shock in period t is a change in ε t.theeffect on p t is obtained from p t = θα 1 β +(1 θ)p t 1 + βθ(1 α 2a 0 ) ε t. β (ii) A temporary anticipated shock has the same effect as the solution is backward and not forward looking. (iii) From the short-run solution for p t, the long-run solution is obtained from and is p t = α 1 β + 1 α 2a 0 β = α 1 β + 1 α 2a 0 (βm t u t + v t ) β = α 1 β + 1 α 2a 0 [β(μ + ε t ) u t + v t ], β e t p = α 1 β +(1 α 2a 0 )μ. In the model, equilibrium implies that p t =0, p t = p t 1, E t 1 p t = p t, d t = y t and u t = v t = ε t =0. Hence we obtain p = α 1 β + μ. 184
186 The solutions are the same if a 0 =0. (c) The ineffectiveness referred to in the Lucas-Sargent proposition is the effect of money on output. The solution above shows that money affects output in the short run but not the long run Consider the following model of the economy: x t = β(r t E t π t+1 r) π t = E t π t+1 + αx t + e t R t = γ(e t π t+1 π ), where π t is inflation, π is target inflation, x t is the output gap, R t is the nominal interest rate and e t is a mean zero serially independent shock. (a) Why is the interest rate equation misspecified? (b) Correct the specification and state the long-run solution. (c) What are the short-run solutions for π t,x t and R t? (d) In the correctly specified model how would the behavior of inflation, output and monetary policy be affected by (i) a temporary shock e t (ii) an expected shock e t+1? (e) Suppose that the output equation is modified to x t = β(r t E t π t+1 r) θe t, where e t can be interpreted as a supply shock. How would the behavior of inflation, output and monetary policy be affected by a supply shock? Solution 185
187 (a) The interest rate equation is misspecified unless the real interest rate r and target inflation sum to zero. Otherwise it should be R t = r + π + γ(e t π t+1 π ). (b) The long-run solutions are then x =0, π = π and R = r + π. (c) Solving the model for π t we obtain π t =[1 αβ(γ 1)]E t π t+1 + αβ(γ 1)π + e t. This has a unique forward-looking solution if γ>1 and is π t = π + Σ s=0[1 αβ(γ 1)] s E t e t+s = π + e t. As E t π t+1 = π, the short-run solutions for x t and R t are x t = 0 R t = r + π. (d) (i) In period t inflation would increase by the full amount of the temporary shock e t,but output and the nominal interest rate would be unaffected. (ii) If E t e t+1 = e t+1 then π t = π +[1 αβ(γ 1)] 1 e t+1 x t = β(γ 1)[1 αβ(γ 1)] 1 e t+1 R t = r + π + γ[1 αβ(γ 1)] 1 e t+1. (e) The shock e t now raises inflation and reduces output, which is characteristic of a supply 186
188 shock. The short-run solutions are now π t = π + Σ s=0(1 αθ)[1 αβ(γ 1)] s E t e t+s = π +(1 αθ)e t x t = θe t R t = r + π. Hence the effect of a temporary shock on inflation is less but now output falls. Monetary policy is still unaffected by the shock. This is because it responds to expected future, and not current, inflation Consider the following New Keynesian model: π t = φ + βe t π t+1 + γx t + e πt x t = E t x t+1 α(r t E t π t+1 θ)+e xt R t = θ + π + μ(π t π )+υx t + e Rt, where π t is inflation, π is target inflation, x t is the output gap, R t is the nominal interest rate, e πt,e xt and e Rt are independent, zero-mean iid processes and φ =(1 β)π. (a) What is the long-run solution? (b) Write the model in matrix form and obtain the short-run solutions for inflation and the output gap when μ >1 and μ<1. (c) Assuming the shocks are uncorrelated, derive the variance of inflation in each case and comment on how the choice of μ and ν affects the variance of inflation (d) Hence comment on how to tell whether the "great moderation" of inflationintheearly 2000 s was due to good policy or to good fortune. Solution 187
189 (a) The long-run solution is π = π, x =0and R = θ + π. (b) The model written in matrix form is 1 βl 1 γ 0 αl 1 1 L 1 α μ ν 1 π t x t R t = φ αθ θ + π (1 μ) + e πt e xt e Rt. This has the general structure B(L)z t = η + ξ t. The inverse of B(L) is B(L) 1 1 = f(l)l 2 1+αν L 1 γ αγ α(μ L 1 ) 1 βl 1 α(1 βl 1 ) μ +(αν μ)l 1 (ν + μγ)+βνl 1 1+(1+β + αγ)l 1 + βl 2, where the determinant of B(L) is f(l)l 2 =1+α(ν + μγ) [1 + β(1 + αυ)+αγ]l 1 + βl 2. Premultiplying the matrix equation by the adjoint of B(L) gives the following equation for π t [1 + α(υ + μγ)]π t [1 + β(1 + αυ)+αγ]e t π t+1 + βe t π t+2 = v t, where v t = α(νφ γπ )+(1+αυ)e πt + γe xt αγe Rt and L 1 e πt = E t e π,t+1 =0,etc. Writing the solution for π t as π t = a + A(L)ε t,andv t as v t = b + φ(l)ε t, the equation for inflation can be re-written as {[1 + α(υ + μγ)]a(l) [1 + β(1 + αυ)+αγ]l 1 [A(L) a 0 ] +βl 2 [A(L) a 0 a 1 L]}ε t = φ(l)ε t 188
190 where b = απ [ν(1 β)+γ(μ 1)]. Hence and the characteristic equation is A(L) = [β (1 + β(1 + αυ)+αγ)l]a 0 + βla 1 + L 2 φ(l) β [1 + β(1 + αυ)+αγ]l +[1+α(υ + μγ)]l 2, f(l) =β [1 + β(1 + αυ)+αγ]l +[1+α(υ + μγ)]l 2 =0. In general, there are two cases to consider: f(1) = α[ν(1 β)+γ(μ 1)] 0. These two cases largely reflect whether μ 1. If μ>1 (the Taylor rule sets μ =1.5) monetary policy responds strongly to inflation; but if μ<1 then the monetary response is weak. Case 1: f(1) = α[ν(1 β)+γ(μ 1)] > 0 We may assume this is because μ>1. In this case both roots are either stable or unstable. Consider the product of the roots of f(l) =0which, normalizing the coefficient of L 2,is As 1 > β 1+α(υ+μγ) β 1+α(υ+μγ). > 0 the product of the roots is less than unity and positive. Hence they are unstable. We denote the roots by 0 <η 1, η 2 < 1. Using the method of residues gives for i =1, 2 lim L η i f(l)a(l) = lim L η i [1 + α(υ + μγ)](l η 1 )(L η 2 )A(L) = [β (1 + β(1 + αυ)+αγ)η i ]a 0 + βη i a 1 + η 2 i φ(η i ) = 0. This gives two equations in the two unknowns a 0 and a 1. Hence a 0 and a 1 are uniquely determined. The solution for π t can therefore be obtained as π t = = = = 1 [1 + α(υ + μγ)]l 2 (L η 1 )(L η 2 ) v t 1 [1 + α(υ + μγ)](1 η 1 L 1 )(1 η 2 L 1 ) v t 1 [1 + α(υ + μγ)](η 1 η 2 ) [ η 1 1 η 1 L 1 η 2 1 η 2 L 1 ]v t 1 1+α(υ + μγ) [ η 1 Σ s=0 η 1 η ηs 1 E tv t+s η 2 Σ s=0 2 η 1 η ηs 2 E tv t+s ]
191 The solution uses the value of v t. Thisisthefirst element of the right-hand side of the matrix solution. For π t the solution is π t = π α(υ + μγ) [(1 + αυ)e πt + γe xt αγe Rt ]. Thus, average inflation equals the target rate. Hence a = π.inflation deviates from target due to the three shocks. Positive inflation and output shocks cause inflation to rise above target, but positive interest rate shocks cause inflation to fall below target. We note that a forward-looking Taylor rule in which E t π t+1 replaces π t and E t x t+1 replaces x t gives a similar result. The basic solution for the output gap is the same as for π t. The difference is in the definition of v t. (Or substitute for R t from the policy rule and for E t π t+1 = π.) Consequently, x t = E t x t+1 α(r t π θ)+e xt = E t x t+1 αμ(π t π ) αμυx t + e xt αe Rt αμ = E t x t+1 1+α(υ + μγ) [(1 + αυ)e πt + γe xt αγe Rt ] αμυx t + e xt αe Rt 1 = 1+αμυ E 1 tx t+1 1+α(υ + μγ) (αμe πt + e xt e Rt ). Solving forwards gives the solution for x t as Hence the expected output gap is zero. 1 x t = 1+α(υ + μγ) (αμe πt + e xt e Rt ). Case 2 : f(1) = α[ν(1 β)+γ(μ 1)] < 0 This is probably because μ<1. It implies a saddlepath solution with the roots of f(l) =0 on each side of unity. Let η 1 1 and η 2 < 1. Applying the method of residuals, we have one restriction associated with η 2 which is given by lim f(l)a(l) = lim (L η 1 )(L η 2 )A(L) L η 2 L η 2 = [β (1 + β(1 + αυ)+αγ)η 2 ]a 0 + βη 2 a 1 + η 2 2φ(η 2 ) = 0 190
192 It follows that we have only one equation and two unknowns: a 0, a 1. The solution is therefore indeterminate. Noting that f(l)a(l) =[β (1 + β(1 + αυ)+αγ)l]a 0 + βla 1 + L 2 φ(l), and that f(l) = β [1 + β(1 + αυ)+αγ]l +[1+α(υ + μγ)]l 2 = [1+α(υ + μγ)](l η 1 )(L η 2 ) = [1 + α(υ + μγ)]η 1 L(1 1 η 1 L)(1 η 2 L 1 ), it follows that (1 1 L)A(L) = [β (1 + β(1 + αυ)+αγ)l]a 0 + βla 1 + L 2 φ(l) η 1 [1 + α(υ + μγ)]η 1 L(1 η 2 L 1. ) Subtracting [β (1 + β(1 + αυ) +αγ)η 2 ]a 0 + βη 2 a 1 + η 2 2φ(η 2 ) = 0 from the numerator and simplifying gives (1 1 L)A(L)ε t = [a 0αγ(L η 2 )+a 1 β(l η 2 )+L 2 φ(l) η 2 2 φ(η 2) η 1 [1 + α(υ + μγ)]η 1 L(1 η 2 L 1 ε t ) As π t = a + A(L)ε t, 1 = [a 0 αγ + a 1 β + L2 φ(l) η 2 2φ(η 2 ) [1 + α(υ + μγ)]η 1 L(1 η 2 L 1 ]ε t ) 1 = [a 0 αγ + a 1 β + η 2[η 1 2 L 1+1 η 2φ(η 2 )L 1 φ(l) 1 ]φ(l) [1 + α(υ + μγ)]η 1 1 η 2 L 1 ]ε t 1 = [(a 0 αγ + a 1 β)ε t v t + η [1 + α(υ + μγ)]η 2 Σ s=0η s 2E t v t+s ]. 1 v t = b + φ(l)ε t b = α(νφ γπ )=απ [ν(1 β) γ] φ(l)ε t = (1+αυ)e πt + γe xt αγe Rt, 191
193 the solution for π t is π t a = 1 1 (π t 1 a) [(a 0 αγ + a 1 β)ε t (v t b)+η η 1 [1 + α(υ + μγ)]η 2 Σ s=0η s 2E t (v t+s b)] 1 = 1 (π t 1 a)+ 1 a 0αγ a 1 β η 2 [(1 + αυ)e πt + γe xt αγe Rt ]. η 1 [1 + α(υ + μγ)]η 1 Thus, under the rule, the effect of shocks on π t is indeterminate. It can also be shown that Eπ t = a = Hence π t is generated by the AR(1) process φ 1 β = π. π t π = 1 η 1 (π t 1 π )+ 1 a 0αγ a 1 β η 2 [1 + α(υ + μγ)]η 1 [(1 + αυ)e πt + γe xt αγe Rt ]. Thus, in this case, inflation is more persistent than in the previous case. (c) If the shocks are uncorrelated the variance of inflation in the two cases are Case 1: Var t (π t )= 1 [1 + α(υ + μγ)] 2 [(1 + αυ)2 σ 2 π + γ 2 σ 2 x +(αγ) 2 σ 2 R], where σ 2 i (i = π, x, R) are the variances of the shocks. Case 2: Var(π t )= 1 1 η a0 αγ a 1 β η 2 [1 + α(υ + μγ)]η 1 2 [(1 + αυ) 2 σ 2 π + γ 2 σ 2 x +(αγ) 2 σ 2 R]. In Case 1, as μ, the variance of inflation goes to zero; and, for any finite value of μ, as ν 0 thevarianceofinflation decreases. This suggests that if the policy objective is to minimise the variation of inflation about the target level π - which is equivalent to minimising the variance of inflation as Eπ t = π -thenstrictinflation targeting (ν =0) is preferable to flexible inflation targeting (ν >0). (d) There has been a debate about whether the "great moderation" of the 2000 s was due to good policy or good luck. Our results indicate that good policy requires that μ>1 and that there 192
194 are no shocks to the policy equation so that σ 2 R =0. Good luck is when the variances of inflation and the output gap (σ 2 π and σ 2 x) are small. We also recall that in this model another advantage of a strong monetary policy response to inflation is that inflation is not then persistent. In other words, inflation responds quickly to monetary policy Consider the following model of Broadbent and Barro (1997): y t = α(p t E t 1 p t )+e t d t = βr t + ε t m t = y t + p t λr t r t = R t E t p t+1 y t = d t, where e t and ε t are zero-mean mutually and serially correlated shocks. (a) Derive the solution to the model (i) under money supply targeting, (ii) inflation targeting, (b) Derive the optimal money supply rule if monetary policy minimizes E t (p t+1 E t p t+1 ) 2 subject to the model of the economy. (c) What does this policy imply for inflation and the nominal interest rate? (d) Derive the optimal interest rate rule. (e) How would these optimal policies differ if monetary policy was based on targeting inflation instead of the price level? Solution (a) (i) Money supply targeting 193
195 level The money supply m t is exogenous. The model can be reduced to one equation for the price p t = 1 β(1 + λ)+α(β + λ) [βλe tp t+1 + α(β + λ)e t 1 p t βm t +(β + λ)e t λε t ] If p t = A(L)ξ t where ξ t = βm t +(β + λ)e t λε t then the equation may be re-written as A(L)ξ t = 1 β(1 + λ)+α(β + λ) {βλ[a(l) a 0)L 1 ]+α(β + λ)[a(l) a 0 ]+1}ξ t Hence A(L) = βλ [1 a 0α(β + λ)]l βλ β(1 + λ)l Since the root L = λ 1+λ < 1 we have an unstable solution. Using the method of residues lim L λ 1+λ λ [βλ β(1 + λ)l]a(l) =βλ [1 a 0 α(β + λ)] 1+λ =0 hence a 0 = 1 β(1 + λ) α(β + λ) It then follows that A(L) =1.Thusthesolutionis p t = βm t +(β + λ)e t λε t. (ii) Inflation targeting The interest rate R t is now exogenous. The money demand equation can be ignored and the rest of the model can be reduced to p t = β α E tp t+1 + E t 1 p t β α R t 1 α e t + 1 α ε t. If p t = A(L)ξ t where ξ t = β α R t 1 α e t + 1 α ε t, then the equation may be re-written as A(L)ξ t = { β α [A(L) a 0)L 1 ]+[A(L) a 0 ]+1}ξ t. Hence A(L) =a 0 1 a 0 L. β 194
196 The solution is therefore p t = a 0 ξ t 1 a 0 ξ β t 1, which is indeterminate. (b) The optimal money supply rule is obtained by minimizing E t (p t+1 E t p t+1 ) 2 subject to p t = βm t +(β + λ)e t λε t.as p t+1 E t p t+1 = β(m t+1 E t m t+1 )+(β + λ)e t+1 λε t+1, optimal monetary policy would be to offset the shocks so that m t+1 E t m t+1 = β + λ β e t+1 + λ β ε t+1. However, as these shocks are unknown at time t, the optimal monetary policy is to keep the money supply constant when E t (p t+1 E t p t+1 )=0. If the shocks are uncorrelated the conditional variance of inflation is µ β + λ E t (p t+1 E t p t+1 ) 2 = β 2 σ 2 e + µ 2 λ σ 2 β ε. (c) Inflation is then p t = βm +(β + λ)e t λε t and the interest rate is R t = E t p t+1 α β (p t E t 1 p t ) 1 β e t + 1 β ε t = 1+α(β + λ) β e t + 1+αλ ε t. β (d) The optimal interest rate rule is obtained by minimizing E t (p t+1 E t p t+1 ) 2 subject to p t = a 0 ξ t 1 a 0 ξ β t 1 β = a 0 α R t + 1 a 0 α R t 1 a 0 α e t + a 0 α ε t + 1 a 0 αβ e t 1 1 a 0 αβ ε t
197 Hence p t+1 E t p t+1 = a 0 β α (R t+1 E t R t+1 ) a 0 α e t+1 + a 0 α ε t+1. Optimal monetary policy would be to offset the shocks so that R t+1 E t R t+1 = 1 β e t β ε t+1. As these shocks are unknown at time t, if the shocks are uncorrelated, the optimal monetary policy is to keep the nominal interest rate constant when E t (p t+1 E t p t+1 ) 2 = ³ a0 2 (σ 2 α e + σ 2 ε). (d) Under inflation targeting the equivalent objective function would be E t ( p t+1 E t p t+1 ) 2 = E t (p t+1 E t p t+1 ) 2 and so policy would be unchanged Suppose that a monetary authority is a strict inflation targeter attempting to minimize E(π t π ) 2 subject to the following model of the economy π t = α t R t + z t + e t, where α t = α + ε t,e(z t )=z + ε zt and ε αt and ε zt are random measurement errors of α and z, respectively; ε αt, ε zt and e t are mutually and independently distributed random variables with zero means and variances σ 2 z, σ 2 α and σ 2 e. (a) What is the optimal monetary policy (i) in the absence of measurement errors, (ii) in the presence of measurement errors? (b) What are broader implications of these results for monetary policy? Solution 196
198 (a) Inflation is determined by π t =(α + ε αt )R t + z + ε zt + e t. (i) In the absence of measurement errors this becomes π t = αr t + z + e t. The objective function can then be re-written as E(π t π ) 2 = E[αR t + z + e t π ] 2 = [αr t + z π ] 2 + σ 2 e. Minimizing this with respect to R t gives 2α(αR t + z π )=0, or R t = 1 α (π z). (ii) In the presence of measurement errors E(π t π ) 2 = E[(α + ε αt )R t + z + ε zt + e t π ] 2 = [αr t + z π ] 2 + σ 2 αr 2 t + σ 2 z + σ 2 e. Minimizing this with respect to R t gives 2α(αR t + z π )+2σ 2 αr t =0. Hence, R t = α α 2 + σ 2 (π z) α 1 α (π z) as π z. 197
199 (b) These results show that optimal monetary policy does not respond to either shocks or measurement errors, but only to the mean of z t. However, the presence of measurement errors in the coefficient of R t tends to reduce the absolute size of the monetary response A highly stylized model of an open economy is p t = αp t 1 + θ(s t p t ) s t = R t + R t+1, where p t is the price level, s t istheexchangerateandr t is the nominal interest rate. Suppose that monetary policy aims to choose R t and R t+1 to minimize L =(p t p ) 2 + β(p t+1 p ) 2 + γ(r t R ) 2, where p t 1 = R t+2 =0. (a) Find the time consistent solutions for R t and R t+1. (Hint: first find R t+1 taking R t as given.) (b) Find the optimal solution by optimizing simultaneously with respect to R t and R t+1. (c) Compare the two solutions and the significance of γ. Solution (a) The price level is determined by p t = = α 1+θ p t 1 + θ 1+θ (R t + R t+1 ) θ 1+θ (R t + R t+1 ). The loss function can therefore be re-written as θ L =[ 1+θ (R t + R t+1 ) p ] 2 θ + β[ 1+θ R t+1 + αθ (1 + θ) 2 (R t + R t+1 ) p ] 2 + γ(r t R )
200 Minimizing this with respect to R t+1 taking p t and R t as given yields L = 2 θ R t+1 1+θ [ θ 1+θ (R t + R t+1 ) p ] = 0. +2β θ 1+θ (1 + α 1+θ )[ θ 1+θ R t+1 + αθ (1 + θ) 2 (R t + R t+1 ) p ] Hence, R t+1 = 1+ α 1+θ (1 + α 1+θ ) 1+(1+ α 1+θ )2 R t + = μr t + δp. 2(1 + θ)+α 1+(1+ α p 1+θ )2 Next maximize L with respect to R t and R t+1 subject to this solution for R t+1 as a constraint with Lagrange multiplier λ. The first-order conditions are L = λ +2 θ R t+1 1+θ [ θ 1+θ (R t + R t+1 ) p ] = 0, +2β θ 1+θ (1 + α 1+θ )[ θ 1+θ R t+1 + αθ (1 + θ) 2 (R t + R t+1 ) p ] and L R t = λμ +2 θ 1+θ [ θ 1+θ (R t + R t+1 ) p ] = 0. +2β θ 1+θ (1 + α 1+θ )[ αθ (1 + θ) 2 (R t + R t+1 ) p ]+2γ(R t R ) 199
201 Hence, ³ ³ θ 1+θ θ 1+θ 2 [1 + (1 + α 1+θ )2 ] 2 [1 + β(1 + α 1+θ ) α ³ 2 θ 1+θ [1 + α 1+θ (1 + α 1+θ )] 1 ³ 2 1+θ ] γ + θ 1+θ [1 + β(1 + α 1+θ ) α 1+θ ] μ 1 μ 0 R t+1 R t λ = 0 2(1+θ)+α ³ 2 θ γ 1+θ [1 + β(1 + α 1+θ ) α 1+θ ] 0 δ R p from which R t+1 and R t can be solved. (b) Maximizing L with respect to R t+1 and R t gives L = 2 θ R t+1 1+θ [ θ 1+θ (R t + R t+1 ) p ] = 0, +2β θ 1+θ (1 + α 1+θ )[ θ 1+θ R t+1 + αθ (1 + θ) 2 (R t + R t+1 ) p ] and L R t = 2 θ 1+θ [ θ 1+θ (R t + R t+1 ) p ] = 0. +2β θ 1+θ (1 + α 1+θ )[ αθ (1 + θ) 2 (R t + R t+1 ) p ]+2γ(R t R ) 200
202 Hence, ³ θ 1+θ 1+(1+ α 1+θ )2 1+ α 1+θ (1 + α 1+θ ) ³ 2 1+θ ] γ + θ 1+θ [1 + β(1 + α 1+θ ) α 1+θ ] 2 [1 + β(1 + α 1+θ ) α R t+1 R t = 0 2(1+θ)+α ³ 2 θ γ 1+θ [1 + β(1 + α 1+θ ) α 1+θ ] R p. From which R t+1 and R t can be solved. (c) Due to the constraint the two solutions will be different. Only if λ =0- i.e. the constraint is ignored - are they the same. It follows that the second solution is not time consistent Consider the following model of an open economy: π t = μ + βe t π t+1 + γx t + e πt x t = α(r t E t π t+1 θ)+φ(s t + p t p t )+e xt s t+1 = R t R t + e st, where e πt,e xt and e st are mean zero mutually and serially independent shocks to inflation, output and the exchange rate. (a) Derive the long-run solution making any additional assumptions thought necessary. (b) Derive the short-run solution for inflation (c) Each period monetary policy is set to minimize E t (π t+1 π ) 2,whereπ is the long-run solution for π, on the assumption that the interest rate chosen will remain unaltered indefinitely and the foreign interest rate and price level will remain unchanged. Find the optimal value of R t. Solution 201
203 (a) Assuming there is a unique solution, and that in the long-run PPP holds, the long-run solution is p = s + p π = μ + αγθ 1 αγ β αγ 1 αγ β R x = α(r π θ). In order for the long-run output gap to be zero we need the additional assumption that π = R θ. It then follows that π = μ 1 β. (b) The model may be written in matrix form as 1 L β(l 1 1) γ 0 φ + α(l 1 1) 1 φ 0 0 L 1 1 p t x t s t = μ α(r t θ)+φp t R t R t + e πt e xt e st, or A(L)z t = w t + e t. The inverse of A(L) is A(L) 1 =[deta(l)] 1 B(L), where B(L) = L 1 1 γ(l 1 1) γφ (L 1 1)(φ α + αl 1 ) (L 1 1)[1 γ(φ α + αl 1 )] φ(1 + β L βl 1 ) β + γ(φ α) L +(αγ β)l 1 202
204 and det A(L) = (L 1 1)(1 + β + γ(φ α) L +(αγ β)l 1 ) = L 2 (1 L){L 2 [1 + β + γ(φ α)]l +(β αγ)} = L 2 (1 L)f(L). As f(1) = γφ, one of its roots is greater than unity and one less than unity. Hence we may write the roots of (1 L)f(L) as λ 1 > 1, λ 2 < 1 and 1. It follows that the solution to the model is (1 L)(1 λ 1 1 L)(1 λ 2 L 1 )z t = λ 1 1 LB(L)(w t + e t ). The solution for inflation is therefore π t = λ 1 1 π t 1 + λ 1 1 E t Σ j=0λ j 2 [ αγr t+j + γ(α + φ)r t+j 1 γφr t+j 1 + γφ p t+j + e π,t+j + γ e x,t+j + γφe s,t+j 1 ] = λ 1 1 π t 1 + λ 1 1 E t Σ j=0λ j 2 { [αγ γ(α + φ)λ 2]R t+j γφr t+j 1 +γφ p t+j} + λ 1 1 γ(α + φ)r t 1 + λ 1 1 (1 λ 2 )e πt λ 1 1 e π,t 1 +λ 1 1 γ(1 λ 2 )e xt λ 1 1 γe x,t 1 + λ 1 1 γφλ 2 e s,t + λ 1 1 γφe s,t 1. (c) If E t R t+j = R t,theninflation is generated by an equation of the form π t = λ 1 1 π t 1 λ 1 1 (1 λ 2 ) 1 [αγ γ(α + φ)λ 2 ]R t + λ 1 1 γ(α + φ)r t 1 +λ 1 1 E t Σ j=0λ j 2 z t+j + u t = λ 1 1 π t 1 ηr t + νr t 1 + q t + u t, where q t = λ 1 1 E t Σ j=0λ j 2 z t+j z t = γφr t 1 + γφ p t u t = λ 1 1 (1 λ 2 )e πt λ 1 1 e π,t 1 + λ 1 1 γ(1 λ 2 )e xt λ 1 1 γe x,t 1 + λ 1 1 γφλ 2 e s,t + λ 1 1 γφe s,t
205 Hence, if q t+1 is treated as a constant q, π t+1 = λ 1 1 π t ηr t+1 + νr t + q t+1 + u t+1 = λ 1 1 π t (η ν)r t + q + u t+1 = w t + u t+1, where w t = λ 1 1 π t (η ν)r t + q. It follows that E t (π t+1 π ) 2 =(w t π ) 2 + σ 2 u 2λ 1 1 E t {π t [ λ 1 1 e πt λ 1 1 γe xt + λ 1 1 γφe st ]}. As the last two terms do not involve R t, the optimal value of R t is R t = λ 1 1 π t + q π (η ν) Thus, an increase in current inflation, or in current and expected future foreign interest rates, or the foreign price level, would require a higher domestic interest rate, but temporary shocks would have no effect. 204
206 Chapter Consider a variant on the basic real business cycle model. The economy is assumed to P maximize E t subject to s=0 β s c t+s 1 σ 1 σ y t = c t + i t y t = A t k α t k t+1 = i t δk t ln A t = ρ ln A t 1 + e t, where y t is output, c t is consumption, i t is investment, k t is the capital stock, A t is technical progress and e t i.i.d(0,ω 2 ). (a) Derive (i) the optimal short-run solution, (ii) the steady-state solution, (ii) a log-linearization to the short-run solution about its steady state in ln c t ln c and ln k t ln k, whereln c and ln k are the steady-state values of ln c t and ln k t. (b) If, in practice, output, consumption and capital are non-stationary I(1) variables, (i) comment on why this model is not a useful specification. (ii) Suggest a simple re-specification of the model that would improve its usefulness. (c) In practice, output, consumption and capital also have independent sources of random variation. (i) Why is this not compatible with this model? (ii) Suggest possible ways in which the model might be re-specified to achieve this. Solution (a) (i) The economy s resource constraint is A t k α t = c t + k t+1 (1 δ)k t. 205
207 As technological change makes the problem stochastic, we maximize the value function V t = U(c t )+βe t (V t+1 ) = c t 1 σ 1 σ + βe t(v t+1 ), subject to the resource constraint. The first-order conditions for this stochastic dynamic programming problem are Noting that V t c t = c σ t + βe t [ V t+1 c t+1 c t+1 c t ]=0. V t+1 = U(C t+1 )+βe t+1 (V t+2 ), and hence and that V t+1 c t+1 = c σ t+1, c t+1 c t = c t+1 k t+1 c t, k t+1 from the budget constraints for periods t and t +1, we can show that c t+1 c t = αa t+1 k α 1 t+1 +1 δ. Hence This gives the Euler equation V t = c σ t + βe t [c σ t+1 c αa t+1kt+1 α 1 +1 δ] =0. t E t "β µ ct+1 c t σ (αa t+1k α 1 t+1 +1 δ) # =1. The optimal short-run solution to the model is the Euler equation plus the economy s resource constraint. In deriving the solution to the model it is usual in RBC analysis to invoke certainty equivalence. This allows all random variables to be replaced by their conditional expectations. In the Euler 206
208 equation, strictly we should take account of the conditional covariance terms involving c t+1,k t+1 and Z t+1 and, in particular, cov t (c t+1,k t+1 ). (ii) The steady-state solution - assuming it exists - satisfies c t+1 = k t+1 =0and A t =1 for each time period. Hence we can drop the time subscript in the steady state to obtain β[αk α 1 +1 δ] =1. As shown in Chapters 2 and 3, this implies that in equilibrium k ' µ δ + θ α 1 1 α c = k α δk. We also note that the implied real interest rate is r t = ak α 1 t δ, and so in equilibrium r = θ, which is the required condition for a steady-state solution. (iii) The optimal short-run solution to the model is a non-linear system of equations in two endogenous variables c t and k t. A log-linear approximation to this system is obtained using the result that the function f(x t ) can be approximated about x t as a linear relation in ln x t by taking a first-order Taylor series approximation of f(x t )=f(e ln x t ) so that ln f(x t ) ' ln f(x t )+ f 0 (x t )x t f(x t ) [ln x t ln x t ]. This approximation can be generalised to f(x 1t,...,x nt ) as ln f(x 1t,..., x nt ) ' ln f(x 1t,..., x nt)+σ n i=1 fi 0(x 1t,..., x nt)x it f(x 1t,..., [ln x it ln x it]. x nt) 207
209 Omitting the intercept, invoking certainty equivalence, noting that E t ln A t+1 = ρ ln A t and in equilibrium ln A =0, the log-linear approximation to the Euler equation can be shown to be E t ln c t+1 ' (δ + θ)(1 α) (δ + θ)ρ E t ln k t+1 + ln A t. σ σ Omitting the intercept once again, the log-linearized resource constraint is θ +(1 α)δ (δ + θ)ρ ln k t+1 ' ln c t +(1+θ)lnk t + ln A t α α These two equations form a system linear in ln c t and ln k t,fromwhichthesolutionforeach variable may be obtained. (b) (i) In the above solution output, consumption and capital are stationary I(0) variables but in practice they are non-stationary I(1) variables. This alone implies that the model is misspecified. (ii) A simple way to re-specify the model so that these variables are I(1) is to assume that technical progress is non-stationary, instead of stationary as at present. This can be achieved by setting ρ =1. This assumption is sufficient to account for the non-stationarity of all real macroeconomic variables in the economy. It is, in effect, a common non-stationary stochastic shock. It does not, of course, explain why technical progress has this property. An extra source of non-stationarity in nominal macro variables is often assumed to come from the growth of the money supply. In countries where there is sustained population growth, for a time, this may generate an additional source of non-stationarity to all real macro variables. (c) (i) In the model above output, consumption and capital have a single source of randomness, namely, technical progress. This implies that they are perfectly correlated. In practice, we find that they are highly, but not perfectly, correlated and are cointegrated. This implies that each variable must have a separate, or idiosyncratic, but stationary, source of randomness, but they have just the one non-stationary common stochastic shock. (ii) Identifying what these additional sources of randomness are is a major feature in DSGE model building, especially where the aim is to estimate the model. A simple, and obvious, solution 208
210 is to assume that all variables are measured with error, but the orders of magnitude of the required measurement errors make this somewhat implausible. Examples of other sources of randomnesss include preference shocks, additional independent stationary shocks to the production function, shocks due to obsolesence, independent shocks to the labour supply, price and wage setting shocks perhaps reflecting variable markups, shocks to government expenditures and revenues, domestic monetary shocks, foreign demand, price and interest rate shocks and exchange rate shocks After (log-) linearization all DSGE models can be written in the form B 0 x t = B 1 E t x t+1 + B 2 z t. If there are lags in the model, then the equation will be in companion form and x t and z t will be long (state) vectors. And if B 0 is invertible then the DSGE model can also be written as x t = A 1 E t x t+1 + A 2 z t, where A 1 = B 1 0 B 1 and A 2 = B 1 0 B 2. (a) Show that the model in Exercise 14.1 can be written in this way. (b) Hence show that the solution can be written as a vector autoregressive-moving average (VARMA) model. (c) Hence comment on the effect of a technology shock. Solution (a) The log-linear approximation to the short-run solution of Exercise 14.1 can be written in matrix form as the system 1+θ θ+(1 α)δ α 0 1 ln k t ln c t = 1 0 E t (δ+θ)(1 α) σ 1 ln k t+1 ln c t+1 (δ+θ)ρ α (δ+θ)ρ σ ln A t. This may be denoted by the matrix equation B 0 x t = B 1 E t x t+1 + B 2 z t, 209
211 where X t =(lnk t, lnc t ) 0 and Z t =lna t.asb 0 is invertible, the system can also be written as x t = AE t x t+1 + Cz t, where A = B 1 0 B 1 and C = B 1 0 B 2. (b) To show that the system can be written as a VAR we must first examine its dynamic properties. Introducing the lag operator and recalling that E t x t+1 = L 1 x t, the system can be written as (I AL 1 )x t = Cz t. The dynamic solution of this equation depends on the roots of the determinental equation A (tra)l + L 2 =0. There are two roots. Setting L =1gives three cases: (i) (ii) A (tra)+1> 0 implies both roots are either stable or unstable, A (tra) +1 < 0 implies a saddlepath solution (one root is stable and the other is unstable), (iii) A (tra)+1=0then at least one root is 1. Assuming that σ α +2-asufficient but not necessary condition - it can be shown that (δ+θ)(1 α) [θ +(1 α)δ] σ A (tra)+1= α(1 + θ) Thus, the two roots satisfy η 1 > 1 and η 2 < 1, and so the short-run dynamics about the steadystate growth path follow a saddlepath. The system can be written as < 0. η 1 (1 1 η 1 L)(1 η 2 L 1 )x t = adj(a L)Cz t. Hence, x t = 1 η 1 x t η 1 (1 η 2 L 1 ) 1 adj(a L)Cz t. 210
212 Recalling that z t =lna t = ρ ln A t 1 + e t and E t ln A t+s = ρ s ln A t, we can re-write this as x t = 1 η 1 x t 1 + G 0 ln A t + G 1 ln A t 1, or x t =( 1 η 1 + ρ)x t 1 ρ η 1 x t 2 + G 0 e t + G 1 e t 1, which is a VARMA(2,1) in x t. (c) It follows that a technology shock e t will cause a disturbance to equilibrium and that the system will return to equilibrium at a speed dependent on η 1 and ρ. The closer is ρ to unity, the slower the return to equilibrium. If ρ =1then the solution would take the form x t = 1 η 1 x t 1 + G 0 e t + G 1 e t 1. The shock would then have a permanent effect on x t and solution would be a VARIMA(1,1,1) Consider the real business cycle model defined in terms of the same variables as in Exercise 14.1 with the addition of employment, n t : X U t = E t β s [ c t+s 1 σ 1 σ γ n 1 φ t+s 1 φ ] s=0 y t = c t + i t y t = A t k α t n 1 α t k t+1 = i t δk t ln A t = ρ ln A t 1 + e t, where e t i.i.d(0,ω 2 ). (a) Derive the optimal solution (b) Hence find the steady-state solution. (c) Log-linearize the solution about its steady state to obtain the short-run solution. 211
213 (d) What is the implied dynamic behavior of the real wage and the real interest rate? Solution (a) The economy s resource constraint is A t k α t n 1 α t = c t + k t+1 (1 δ)k t The problem is to maximize the value function V t = U(c t )+βe t (V t+1 ) = c t+s 1 σ 1 σ γ n 1 φ t+s 1 φ + βe t(v t+1 ) subject to the resource constraint. Noting the results in Exercise 14.1, the first-order conditions are and V t = c σ t βe t [c σ t+1 c αa t+1kt+1 α 1 n1 α t+1 +1 δ] =0 t with From the resource constraint V t n t = n φ t + βe t [ V t+1 n t+1 n t+1 n t ]=0 V t+1 n t+1 = n φ t+1. giving n t+1 n t = = n t+1 k t+1 n t k t+1 αa t+1k α 1 t+1 n1 α t+1 +1 δ (1 α)a t+1kt+1 α n α t+1 ] 1 [(1 α)a t k α t n α t = [αa t+1 k α 1 t+1 n1 α t+1 +1 δ] A t A t+1 µ kt k t+1 α µ α nt+1, µ α µ α V t = n φ t βe t {n φ t+1 n [αa t+1kt+1n α α t+1 +1 δ] A t kt nt+1 } =0. t A t+1 k t+1 n t 212 n t
214 Hence the solution is E t "β µ ct+1 " E t β A µ α µ t kt nt A t+1 k t+1 c t n t+1 # σ (αa t+1kt+1 α 1 n1 α t+1 +1 δ) # φ α (αa t+1kt+1 α 1 n1 α t+1 +1 δ) = 1 = 1 plus the economy s resource constraint. Note that this result appears to be different from that in Chapter 2 as here we are taking account of the stochastic structure of the problem and therefore using stochastic dynamic programming. The second equation is an Euler equation for employment. If combined with the Euler equation for consumption it would give a similar result to that in Chapter 2. (b) The steady-state solution - assuming it exists - satisfies c t+1 = k t+1 = n t+1 =0and A t =1for each time period. Hence we can drop the time subscript in the steady state to obtain from both equations above β[αk α 1 n 1 α +1 δ] =1. In equilibrium therefore k n ' c n = µ δ + θ 1 1 α α µ α k δ k n n. This shows that we can only determine the long-run values of c n and k n. (c) Omitting the intercept, invoking certainty equivalence, noting that E t ln A t+1 = ρ ln A t and in equilibrium ln A = 0, the log-linear approximation to the above solution is E t ln c t+1 ' (δ + θ)(1 α) (δ + θ)ρ (E t ln k t+1 E t ln n t+1 )+ ln A t σ σ E t ln n t+1 ' α φ α E t ln k t+1 + together with the log-linearized resource constraint (δ + θ)(1 α) (E t ln k t+1 E t ln n t+1 ) φ α (δ + θ)ρ φ α θ +(1 α)δ (δ + θ)(1 α) (δ + θ)ρ ln k t+1 ' ln c t +(1+θ)lnk t + ln n t + ln A t. α α α 213 ln A t
215 These three equations form a system linear in ln c t, ln k t and ln n t from which the short-run solution for each variable may be obtained. The resulting system can now be represented as a VARMA model in the three variables. (d) From Chapter 2, the implied real interest rate and real wage are r t = y t k t δ (1 α) δ µ kt = αa t n t w t = y t (r t + δ)k t n t = (1 α)a t µ kt n t Their dynamic behavior can therefore be derived directly from that of k t n t of ln k t ln n t. α For a log-linearized version of the model of Exercise 14.1 write a Dynare program to compute the effect of an unanticipated temporary technology shock on the logarithms of output, consumption and capital and the implied real interest rate assuming that α =0.33, δ =0.1, σ =4, θ =0.05, ρ =0.5 and the variance of the technology shock e t is zero. Notes: (i) Dynare runs in both Matlab and Gauss and is freely downloadable from (ii) Dynare uses a different dating convention. It dates non-jump variables like the capital stock at the end and not the start of the period, i.e. as t 1 and not t. as Solution The different dating convention of Dynare implies the solution of Exercise 14.1 must be re-dated E t "β µ ct+1 c t A t kt 1 α = c t + k t (1 δ)k t 1 # σ (αa t+1kt α 1 +1 δ) = 1 214
216 The log-linear approximation to this model is (δ + θ)(1 α) (δ + θ) E t ln c t+1 ' E t ln k t + ln A t+1 σ σ θ +(1 α)δ (δ + θ) ln k t ' ln c t +(1+θ)lnk t 1 + ln A t α α ln A t = ρ ln A t 1 + e t The real interest rate is r t = αa t k (1 α) t 1 δ. We define the variables as log deviations from their steady state, hence their initial values are set to zero. The Dynare program is %Ex14.4 close all; % %variables % var y c k a r; varexo e; % % parameters % parameters delta theta alpha sigma rho; alpha=0.33; theta=0.05; sigma= 4; delta=0.1; rho=0.5; 215
217 % %model % model; c=c(+1)+((delta+theta)*(1-alpha)/sigma)*k-((delta+theta)/sigma)*a(+1); k=-((theta+delta*(1-alpha))/alpha)*c+(1+theta)*k(-1)+((delta+theta)/alpha)*a; y=alpha*k(-1)+a; a=rho*a(-1)+e; r=alpha*a*exp((alpha-1)*k(-1)); end; % - % initial values of variables % - initval; y=0; k=0; c=0; e=0; i=0; end; steady; % % values of lagged variables % histval; k(0)=0; 216
218 a(0)=0; end; % %shocks % shocks; var e; periods 1; values 1; end; % %computation % simul (periods=40); rplot y c k r; The impulse response functions, which are cut off after 40 periods and forced to converge to their steady-state, are 217
219 1 Plot of y c k r y c k r Periods 14.5 For the model of Exercise 14.1 write a Dynare program to compute the effect of a temporary technology shock assuming that α =0.33, δ =0.1, σ =4,θ=0.05, ρ =0.5 and the variance of the technology shock e t is unity. Plot the impulse response functions for output, consumption, capital and the real interest rate. as Solution The different dating convention of Dynare implies the solution of Exercise 14.1 must be re-dated E t "β µ ct+1 c t We must then add the equation A t kt 1 α = c t + k t (1 δ)k t 1 # σ (αa t+1kt α 1 +1 δ) = 1 ln A t = ρ ln A t 1 + e t. Finally, we recall that the real interest rate is r t = αa t k (1 α) t 1 δ. 218
220 The initial and steady-state values are calculated from the parameter values. Thus, A = 1, k = 1 δ+θ α 1 α,y= k a and c = y δk. The Dynare program is then %Ex14.5 close all; % %variables % var y c k a r; varexo e; % % parameters % parameters delta theta alpha sigma rho; alpha=0.33; theta=0.05; sigma= 4; delta=0.1; rho=0.5; % %model % model; c=c(+1)*(((alpha*a(+1)*(k^(alpha-1))+1-delta)/(1+theta))^(-1/sigma)); y=a*(k(-1)^alpha); k=y-c+(1-delta)*k(-1); 219
221 ln(a)=rho^ln(a(-1))+e; r=alpha*a*(k(-1)^(alpha-1)); end; % - % initial values of variables % - initval; k=3.244; c=1.15; a=1; e=0; end; steady; % % values of lagged variables % histval; k(0)=3.244; a(0)=1; end; % %shocks % shocks; var e; periods 1; 220
222 values 1; end; % %computation % simul (periods=20); rplot y c k r; The impulse response functions are 12 Plot of y c k r y c k r Periods For the model of Exercise 14.5 write a Dynare program for a stochastic simulation which calculates the means, variances, cross correlations and autocorrelations. Solution The Dynare program is %Ex
223 close all; % %variables % var y c k a r; varexo e; % % parameters % parameters delta theta alpha sigma rho; alpha=0.33; theta=0.05; sigma= 4; delta=0.1; rho=0.5; % %model % model; c=c(+1)*(((alpha*a(+1)*(k^(alpha-1))+1-delta)/(1+theta))^(-1/sigma)); y=a*(k(-1)^alpha); k=y-c+(1-delta)*k(-1); ln(a)=rho^ln(a(-1))+e; r=alpha*a*(k(-1)^(alpha-1)); end; % - 222
224 % initial values of variables % - initval; k=3.244; c=1.15; a=1; e=0; end; steady; % % values of lagged variables % histval; k(0)=3.244; a(0)=1; end; % %shocks % shocks; var e = 1; end; steady; stoch_simul(order = 1); The output is 223
225 THEORETICAL MOMENTS VARIABLE MEAN STD. DEV. VARIANCE y c k a r MATRIX OF CORRELATIONS Variables y c k a r y c k a r COEFFICIENTS OF AUTOCORRELATION Order12345 y c k a r The responses to the shock are 224
226 5 y 0.4 c k a r (a) Consider the New Keynesian model π t = π + α(e t π t+1 π )+β(π t 1 π )+δx t + e πt x t = E t x t+1 γ(r t E t π t+1 θ)+e xt R t = θ + π + μ(π t π )+υx t, where π t is inflation, π is target inflation, x t is the output gap, R t is the nominal interest rate, e πt and e xt are independent, shocks.ean iid processes and φ =(1 β)π. Write a Dynare program to compute the effect of a supply shock in period t such that e πt = e xt =5. Assume that π =2, α =0.6, α+ β =1,δ=1,γ=5, θ =3,μ=1.5 and ν =1. (b) Compare the monetary policy response to the increase in inflation compared with that of astrictinflation targeter when ν =0. Solution (a) The Dynare program is %Ex
227 % New Keynesian model with a Taylor rule %Theeffect of a supply shock close all; % - %variables % var inf x R; varexo e; % - % parameters % parameters alpha beta delta theta mu nu; alpha=0.6; beta=1-alpha; delta=1; theta=5; mu=1.5; nu=1; % - %model % model(linear); inf = 2 + alpha*(inf(+1)-2) + beta*(inf(-1)-2) + delta*x + e; x = x(+1) - theta*(r-inf(+1)-3)-e; R = 5 + mu*(inf-2) + nu*x; end; 226
228 % - %initialvalues % initval; inf=2; x=0; R=5; e=0; end; steady; % - % values of lagged variables % histval; inf(0)=2; end; % - %shocks % shocks; var e; periods 1; values 5; end; % - %computation % simul(periods=20); 227
229 rplot inf x R; (b) The impulse response functions for flexible and strict inflation targeting are 6 Plot of inf x R 5 Plot of inf x R Periods inf x R Periods inf x R Flexible inflation targeting Strict inflation targeting With flexible inflation targeting monetary policy hardly reacts to the increase in inflation. But with strict inflation targeting monetary policy reacts strongly to offset the inflation shock leaving inflation at its target value. As a result output falls more with strict inflation targeting than with flexible inflation targeting. 228
VI. Real Business Cycles Models
VI. Real Business Cycles Models Introduction Business cycle research studies the causes and consequences of the recurrent expansions and contractions in aggregate economic activity that occur in most industrialized
The Real Business Cycle Model
The Real Business Cycle Model Ester Faia Goethe University Frankfurt Nov 2015 Ester Faia (Goethe University Frankfurt) RBC Nov 2015 1 / 27 Introduction The RBC model explains the co-movements in the uctuations
Current Accounts in Open Economies Obstfeld and Rogoff, Chapter 2
Current Accounts in Open Economies Obstfeld and Rogoff, Chapter 2 1 Consumption with many periods 1.1 Finite horizon of T Optimization problem maximize U t = u (c t ) + β (c t+1 ) + β 2 u (c t+2 ) +...
ECON20310 LECTURE SYNOPSIS REAL BUSINESS CYCLE
ECON20310 LECTURE SYNOPSIS REAL BUSINESS CYCLE YUAN TIAN This synopsis is designed merely for keep a record of the materials covered in lectures. Please refer to your own lecture notes for all proofs.
Real Business Cycle Theory. Marco Di Pietro Advanced () Monetary Economics and Policy 1 / 35
Real Business Cycle Theory Marco Di Pietro Advanced () Monetary Economics and Policy 1 / 35 Introduction to DSGE models Dynamic Stochastic General Equilibrium (DSGE) models have become the main tool for
Macroeconomic Effects of Financial Shocks Online Appendix
Macroeconomic Effects of Financial Shocks Online Appendix By Urban Jermann and Vincenzo Quadrini Data sources Financial data is from the Flow of Funds Accounts of the Federal Reserve Board. We report the
3 The Standard Real Business Cycle (RBC) Model. Optimal growth model + Labor decisions
Franck Portier TSE Macro II 29-21 Chapter 3 Real Business Cycles 36 3 The Standard Real Business Cycle (RBC) Model Perfectly competitive economy Optimal growth model + Labor decisions 2 types of agents
Lecture 14 More on Real Business Cycles. Noah Williams
Lecture 14 More on Real Business Cycles Noah Williams University of Wisconsin - Madison Economics 312 Optimality Conditions Euler equation under uncertainty: u C (C t, 1 N t) = βe t [u C (C t+1, 1 N t+1)
Lecture 1: Asset pricing and the equity premium puzzle
Lecture 1: Asset pricing and the equity premium puzzle Simon Gilchrist Boston Univerity and NBER EC 745 Fall, 2013 Overview Some basic facts. Study the asset pricing implications of household portfolio
2. Real Business Cycle Theory (June 25, 2013)
Prof. Dr. Thomas Steger Advanced Macroeconomics II Lecture SS 13 2. Real Business Cycle Theory (June 25, 2013) Introduction Simplistic RBC Model Simple stochastic growth model Baseline RBC model Introduction
Real Business Cycle Models
Real Business Cycle Models Lecture 2 Nicola Viegi April 2015 Basic RBC Model Claim: Stochastic General Equlibrium Model Is Enough to Explain The Business cycle Behaviour of the Economy Money is of little
A Classical Monetary Model - Money in the Utility Function
A Classical Monetary Model - Money in the Utility Function Jarek Hurnik Department of Economics Lecture III Jarek Hurnik (Department of Economics) Monetary Economics 2012 1 / 24 Basic Facts So far, the
This paper is not to be removed from the Examination Halls
This paper is not to be removed from the Examination Halls UNIVERSITY OF LONDON EC2065 ZA BSc degrees and Diplomas for Graduates in Economics, Management, Finance and the Social Sciences, the Diplomas
Sovereign Defaults. Iskander Karibzhanov. October 14, 2014
Sovereign Defaults Iskander Karibzhanov October 14, 214 1 Motivation Two recent papers advance frontiers of sovereign default modeling. First, Aguiar and Gopinath (26) highlight the importance of fluctuations
MA Advanced Macroeconomics: 7. The Real Business Cycle Model
MA Advanced Macroeconomics: 7. The Real Business Cycle Model Karl Whelan School of Economics, UCD Spring 2015 Karl Whelan (UCD) Real Business Cycles Spring 2015 1 / 38 Working Through A DSGE Model We have
CHAPTER 11. AN OVEVIEW OF THE BANK OF ENGLAND QUARTERLY MODEL OF THE (BEQM)
1 CHAPTER 11. AN OVEVIEW OF THE BANK OF ENGLAND QUARTERLY MODEL OF THE (BEQM) This model is the main tool in the suite of models employed by the staff and the Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) in the construction
Graduate Macro Theory II: The Real Business Cycle Model
Graduate Macro Theory II: The Real Business Cycle Model Eric Sims University of Notre Dame Spring 2011 1 Introduction This note describes the canonical real business cycle model. A couple of classic references
6. Budget Deficits and Fiscal Policy
Prof. Dr. Thomas Steger Advanced Macroeconomics II Lecture SS 2012 6. Budget Deficits and Fiscal Policy Introduction Ricardian equivalence Distorting taxes Debt crises Introduction (1) Ricardian equivalence
Topic 5: Stochastic Growth and Real Business Cycles
Topic 5: Stochastic Growth and Real Business Cycles Yulei Luo SEF of HKU October 1, 2015 Luo, Y. (SEF of HKU) Macro Theory October 1, 2015 1 / 45 Lag Operators The lag operator (L) is de ned as Similar
Financial Development and Macroeconomic Stability
Financial Development and Macroeconomic Stability Vincenzo Quadrini University of Southern California Urban Jermann Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania January 31, 2005 VERY PRELIMINARY AND
Real Business Cycles. Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Research Department Staff Report 370. February 2006. Ellen R. McGrattan
Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Research Department Staff Report 370 February 2006 Real Business Cycles Ellen R. McGrattan Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis and University of Minnesota Abstract:
. In this case the leakage effect of tax increases is mitigated because some of the reduction in disposable income would have otherwise been saved.
Chapter 4 Review Questions. Explain how an increase in government spending and an equal increase in lump sum taxes can generate an increase in equilibrium output. Under what conditions will a balanced
Ifo Institute for Economic Research at the University of Munich. 6. The New Keynesian Model
6. The New Keynesian Model 1 6.1 The Baseline Model 2 Basic Concepts of the New Keynesian Model Markets are imperfect: Price and wage adjustments: contract duration, adjustment costs, imperfect expectations
The RBC methodology also comes down to two principles:
Chapter 5 Real business cycles 5.1 Real business cycles The most well known paper in the Real Business Cycles (RBC) literature is Kydland and Prescott (1982). That paper introduces both a specific theory
C(t) (1 + y) 4. t=1. For the 4 year bond considered above, assume that the price today is 900$. The yield to maturity will then be the y that solves
Economics 7344, Spring 2013 Bent E. Sørensen INTEREST RATE THEORY We will cover fixed income securities. The major categories of long-term fixed income securities are federal government bonds, corporate
Graduate Macroeconomics 2
Graduate Macroeconomics 2 Lecture 1 - Introduction to Real Business Cycles Zsófia L. Bárány Sciences Po 2014 January About the course I. 2-hour lecture every week, Tuesdays from 10:15-12:15 2 big topics
Cash-in-Advance Model
Cash-in-Advance Model Prof. Lutz Hendricks Econ720 September 21, 2015 1 / 33 Cash-in-advance Models We study a second model of money. Models where money is a bubble (such as the OLG model we studied) have
Cash in advance model
Chapter 4 Cash in advance model 4.1 Motivation In this lecture we will look at ways of introducing money into a neoclassical model and how these methods can be developed in an effort to try and explain
Real Business Cycle Theory
Real Business Cycle Theory Barbara Annicchiarico Università degli Studi di Roma "Tor Vergata" April 202 General Features I Theory of uctuations (persistence, output does not show a strong tendency to return
Dynamics of Small Open Economies
Dynamics of Small Open Economies Lecture 2, ECON 4330 Tord Krogh January 22, 2013 Tord Krogh () ECON 4330 January 22, 2013 1 / 68 Last lecture The models we have looked at so far are characterized by:
Real Business Cycle Models
Phd Macro, 2007 (Karl Whelan) 1 Real Business Cycle Models The Real Business Cycle (RBC) model introduced in a famous 1982 paper by Finn Kydland and Edward Prescott is the original DSGE model. 1 The early
Long-Term Debt Pricing and Monetary Policy Transmission under Imperfect Knowledge
Long-Term Debt Pricing and Monetary Policy Transmission under Imperfect Knowledge Stefano Eusepi, Marc Giannoni and Bruce Preston The views expressed are those of the authors and are not necessarily re
Money and Public Finance
Money and Public Finance By Mr. Letlet August 1 In this anxious market environment, people lose their rationality with some even spreading false information to create trading opportunities. The tales about
Real Business Cycle Theory
Chapter 4 Real Business Cycle Theory This section of the textbook focuses on explaining the behavior of the business cycle. The terms business cycle, short-run macroeconomics, and economic fluctuations
11.2 Monetary Policy and the Term Structure of Interest Rates
518 Chapter 11 INFLATION AND MONETARY POLICY Thus, the monetary policy that is consistent with a permanent drop in inflation is a sudden upward jump in the money supply, followed by low growth. And, in
1 Portfolio mean and variance
Copyright c 2005 by Karl Sigman Portfolio mean and variance Here we study the performance of a one-period investment X 0 > 0 (dollars) shared among several different assets. Our criterion for measuring
Money and Capital in an OLG Model
Money and Capital in an OLG Model D. Andolfatto June 2011 Environment Time is discrete and the horizon is infinite ( =1 2 ) At the beginning of time, there is an initial old population that lives (participates)
Advanced Macroeconomics (ECON 402) Lecture 8 Real Business Cycle Theory
Advanced Macroeconomics (ECON 402) Lecture 8 Real Business Cycle Theory Teng Wah Leo Some Stylized Facts Regarding Economic Fluctuations Having now understood various growth models, we will now delve into
Financial Market Microstructure Theory
The Microstructure of Financial Markets, de Jong and Rindi (2009) Financial Market Microstructure Theory Based on de Jong and Rindi, Chapters 2 5 Frank de Jong Tilburg University 1 Determinants of the
Universidad de Montevideo Macroeconomia II. The Ramsey-Cass-Koopmans Model
Universidad de Montevideo Macroeconomia II Danilo R. Trupkin Class Notes (very preliminar) The Ramsey-Cass-Koopmans Model 1 Introduction One shortcoming of the Solow model is that the saving rate is exogenous
Topic 2. Incorporating Financial Frictions in DSGE Models
Topic 2 Incorporating Financial Frictions in DSGE Models Mark Gertler NYU April 2009 0 Overview Conventional Model with Perfect Capital Markets: 1. Arbitrage between return to capital and riskless rate
A Theory of Capital Controls As Dynamic Terms of Trade Manipulation
A Theory of Capital Controls As Dynamic Terms of Trade Manipulation Arnaud Costinot Guido Lorenzoni Iván Werning Central Bank of Chile, November 2013 Tariffs and capital controls Tariffs: Intratemporal
The relationship between exchange rates, interest rates. In this lecture we will learn how exchange rates accommodate equilibrium in
The relationship between exchange rates, interest rates In this lecture we will learn how exchange rates accommodate equilibrium in financial markets. For this purpose we examine the relationship between
Lecture 3: Growth with Overlapping Generations (Acemoglu 2009, Chapter 9, adapted from Zilibotti)
Lecture 3: Growth with Overlapping Generations (Acemoglu 2009, Chapter 9, adapted from Zilibotti) Kjetil Storesletten September 10, 2013 Kjetil Storesletten () Lecture 3 September 10, 2013 1 / 44 Growth
The real business cycle theory
Chapter 29 The real business cycle theory Since the middle of the 1970s two quite different approaches to the explanation of business cycle fluctuations have been pursued. We may broadly classify them
Chapter 2: Binomial Methods and the Black-Scholes Formula
Chapter 2: Binomial Methods and the Black-Scholes Formula 2.1 Binomial Trees We consider a financial market consisting of a bond B t = B(t), a stock S t = S(t), and a call-option C t = C(t), where the
t = 1 2 3 1. Calculate the implied interest rates and graph the term structure of interest rates. t = 1 2 3 X t = 100 100 100 t = 1 2 3
MØA 155 PROBLEM SET: Summarizing Exercise 1. Present Value [3] You are given the following prices P t today for receiving risk free payments t periods from now. t = 1 2 3 P t = 0.95 0.9 0.85 1. Calculate
Macroeconomics Lecture 1: The Solow Growth Model
Macroeconomics Lecture 1: The Solow Growth Model Richard G. Pierse 1 Introduction One of the most important long-run issues in macroeconomics is understanding growth. Why do economies grow and what determines
Inflation. Chapter 8. 8.1 Money Supply and Demand
Chapter 8 Inflation This chapter examines the causes and consequences of inflation. Sections 8.1 and 8.2 relate inflation to money supply and demand. Although the presentation differs somewhat from that
3. Regression & Exponential Smoothing
3. Regression & Exponential Smoothing 3.1 Forecasting a Single Time Series Two main approaches are traditionally used to model a single time series z 1, z 2,..., z n 1. Models the observation z t as a
UNIVERSITY OF OSLO DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
UNIVERSITY OF OSLO DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS Exam: ECON4310 Intertemporal macroeconomics Date of exam: Thursday, November 27, 2008 Grades are given: December 19, 2008 Time for exam: 09:00 a.m. 12:00 noon
Markups and Firm-Level Export Status: Appendix
Markups and Firm-Level Export Status: Appendix De Loecker Jan - Warzynski Frederic Princeton University, NBER and CEPR - Aarhus School of Business Forthcoming American Economic Review Abstract This is
1 A simple two period model
A QUICK REVIEW TO INTERTEMPORAL MAXIMIZATION PROBLEMS 1 A simple two period model 1.1 The intertemporal problem The intertemporal consumption decision can be analyzed in a way very similar to an atemporal
14.452 Economic Growth: Lectures 6 and 7, Neoclassical Growth
14.452 Economic Growth: Lectures 6 and 7, Neoclassical Growth Daron Acemoglu MIT November 15 and 17, 211. Daron Acemoglu (MIT) Economic Growth Lectures 6 and 7 November 15 and 17, 211. 1 / 71 Introduction
1 The Black-Scholes model: extensions and hedging
1 The Black-Scholes model: extensions and hedging 1.1 Dividends Since we are now in a continuous time framework the dividend paid out at time t (or t ) is given by dd t = D t D t, where as before D denotes
14.452 Economic Growth: Lecture 11, Technology Diffusion, Trade and World Growth
14.452 Economic Growth: Lecture 11, Technology Diffusion, Trade and World Growth Daron Acemoglu MIT December 2, 2014. Daron Acemoglu (MIT) Economic Growth Lecture 11 December 2, 2014. 1 / 43 Introduction
U = x 1 2. 1 x 1 4. 2 x 1 4. What are the equilibrium relative prices of the three goods? traders has members who are best off?
Chapter 7 General Equilibrium Exercise 7. Suppose there are 00 traders in a market all of whom behave as price takers. Suppose there are three goods and the traders own initially the following quantities:
Online Appendix: Corporate Cash Holdings and Credit Line Usage
Online Appendix: Corporate Cash Holdings and Credit Line Usage 1 Introduction This is an online appendix to accompany the paper titled Corporate Cash Holdings and Credit Line Usage. 2 The Benchmark Model
Keywords: Overlapping Generations Model, Tax Reform, Turkey
SIMULATING THE TURKISH TAX SYSTEM ADEM İLERİ Middle East Technical University Department of Economics [email protected] PINAR DERİN-GÜRE Middle East Technical University Department of Economics [email protected]
Prep. Course Macroeconomics
Prep. Course Macroeconomics Intertemporal consumption and saving decision; Ramsey model Tom-Reiel Heggedal [email protected] BI 2014 Heggedal (BI) Savings & Ramsey 2014 1 / 30 Overview this lecture
SAMPLE MID-TERM QUESTIONS
SAMPLE MID-TERM QUESTIONS William L. Silber HOW TO PREPARE FOR THE MID- TERM: 1. Study in a group 2. Review the concept questions in the Before and After book 3. When you review the questions listed below,
Advanced Macroeconomics (2)
Advanced Macroeconomics (2) Real-Business-Cycle Theory Alessio Moneta Institute of Economics Scuola Superiore Sant Anna, Pisa [email protected] March-April 2015 LM in Economics Scuola Superiore Sant Anna
Practice Problems on the Capital Market
Practice Problems on the Capital Market 1- Define marginal product of capital (i.e., MPK). How can the MPK be shown graphically? The marginal product of capital (MPK) is the output produced per unit of
Real Business Cycle Theory
Real Business Cycle Theory Guido Ascari University of Pavia () Real Business Cycle Theory 1 / 50 Outline Introduction: Lucas methodological proposal The application to the analysis of business cycle uctuations:
ECON 20310 Elements of Economic Analysis IV. Problem Set 1
ECON 20310 Elements of Economic Analysis IV Problem Set 1 Due Thursday, October 11, 2012, in class 1 A Robinson Crusoe Economy Robinson Crusoe lives on an island by himself. He generates utility from leisure
The Real Business Cycle model
The Real Business Cycle model Spring 2013 1 Historical introduction Modern business cycle theory really got started with Great Depression Keynes: The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money Keynesian
MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF VARIOUS PROPOSALS TO PROVIDE $500 BILLION IN TAX RELIEF
MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF VARIOUS PROPOSALS TO PROVIDE $500 BILLION IN TAX RELIEF Prepared by the Staff of the JOINT COMMITTEE ON TAXATION March 1, 2005 JCX-4-05 CONTENTS INTRODUCTION... 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY...
The Basic New Keynesian Model
The Basic New Keynesian Model January 11 th 2012 Lecture notes by Drago Bergholt, Norwegian Business School [email protected] I Contents 1. Introduction... 1 1.1 Prologue... 1 1.2 The New Keynesian
Lecture 1: The intertemporal approach to the current account
Lecture 1: The intertemporal approach to the current account Open economy macroeconomics, Fall 2006 Ida Wolden Bache August 22, 2006 Intertemporal trade and the current account What determines when countries
Foundations of Modern Macroeconomics Second Edition
Foundations of Modern Macroeconomics Second Edition Chapter 15: Real business cycles Ben J. Heijdra Department of Economics & Econometrics University of Groningen 1 September 29 Foundations of Modern Macroeconomics
Optimal Paternalism: Sin Taxes and Health Subsidies
Optimal Paternalism: Sin Taxes and Health Subsidies Thomas Aronsson and Linda Thunström Department of Economics, Umeå University SE - 901 87 Umeå, Sweden April 2005 Abstract The starting point for this
Preparation course MSc Business & Econonomics- Macroeconomics: Introduction & Concepts
Preparation course MSc Business & Econonomics- Macroeconomics: Introduction & Concepts Tom-Reiel Heggedal Economics Department 2014 TRH (Institute) Intro&Concepts 2014 1 / 20 General Information Me: Tom-Reiel
10. Fixed-Income Securities. Basic Concepts
0. Fixed-Income Securities Fixed-income securities (FIS) are bonds that have no default risk and their payments are fully determined in advance. Sometimes corporate bonds that do not necessarily have certain
7. Real business cycle
7. Real business cycle We have argued that a change in fundamentals, modifies the long-run solution of the system, while a temporary change not permanently affecting fundamentals leads to a short-run dynamics
How To Understand The Relationship Between A Country And The Rest Of The World
Lecture 1: current account - measurement and theory What is international finance (as opposed to international trade)? International trade: microeconomic approach (many goods and factors). How cross country
Noah Williams Economics 312. University of Wisconsin Spring 2013. Midterm Examination Solutions
Noah Williams Economics 31 Department of Economics Macroeconomics University of Wisconsin Spring 013 Midterm Examination Solutions Instructions: This is a 75 minute examination worth 100 total points.
Government Debt Management: the Long and the Short of it
Government Debt Management: the Long and the Short of it E. Faraglia (U. of Cambridge and CEPR) A. Marcet (IAE, UAB, ICREA, BGSE, MOVE and CEPR), R. Oikonomou (U.C. Louvain) A. Scott (LBS and CEPR) ()
TRADE AND INVESTMENT IN THE NATIONAL ACCOUNTS This text accompanies the material covered in class.
TRADE AND INVESTMENT IN THE NATIONAL ACCOUNTS This text accompanies the material covered in class. 1 Definition of some core variables Imports (flow): Q t Exports (flow): X t Net exports (or Trade balance)
Graduate Macro Theory II: Notes on Investment
Graduate Macro Theory II: Notes on Investment Eric Sims University of Notre Dame Spring 2011 1 Introduction These notes introduce and discuss modern theories of firm investment. While much of this is done
Pricing of an Exotic Forward Contract
Pricing of an Exotic Forward Contract Jirô Akahori, Yuji Hishida and Maho Nishida Dept. of Mathematical Sciences, Ritsumeikan University 1-1-1 Nojihigashi, Kusatsu, Shiga 525-8577, Japan E-mail: {akahori,
Name: Date: 3. Variables that a model tries to explain are called: A. endogenous. B. exogenous. C. market clearing. D. fixed.
Name: Date: 1 A measure of how fast prices are rising is called the: A growth rate of real GDP B inflation rate C unemployment rate D market-clearing rate 2 Compared with a recession, real GDP during a
Review for Exam 2. Instructions: Please read carefully
Review for Exam 2 Instructions: Please read carefully The exam will have 25 multiple choice questions and 5 work problems You are not responsible for any topics that are not covered in the lecture note
